M-057 M-E & A-E F.O. Booster Unit

BOOSTER UNIT
AMB-M 26 SS
HNO 938
Auramarine serial number 7667
FINISHED PLAN
----r--------1
DWG ]).~114
_N_0._"'!"_ 1_...i._3' a_- o __ M57
•
TABLE OF CONTENTS 08.10.2008
Section Document id Revision
1. Data sheet DS7667

General arrangement 306694
2. P&I diagram 306275C c

Part list PL306275B B
7667 SPARES A A
3. Electric drawings 40685611 I

Part list PL406856H H
4. Factory certificate FC7667
5. Viscosense certificate 48334-72286-1481883
6. Instruction manual IM6517C

CUB5-B Settings
AURAMARINE LTD P.O.BOX 849 Tel + 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
'--.:. ,,. ..'
I
{. ·~ ,
INDEX
1 Data sheet, general arrangement
2 P&I diagram, part list
3 Electric drawings, part list
4 Factory certificate
5 Viscosense certificate
6 Instruction manual
SECTION 1
1 Data sheet, General arrangement
3-.=:. ~-=-MARINE
AURA Technical Specification Nr:
Date:30.9.2008
7667
Page 1 (1)
Heavy Fuel Oil Feeder Booster Module

Technical Specification
Type: Feeder Booster AMB-M 26 SS

Manuf. No.: 7667, 7668, 7669, 7670, 7671, 7672, 7673
Manufacturer: Auramarine Ltd
Site: 1,700 TEU Container vessel HNo. 938 ... 944
Customer: CSBC
1. Design Basis
Engine type: B&W 7S60MC-C + 3 x G/E

Total power max.: 16118 kW+ 3 x 1500 kW= 20618 kW
HFO viscosity max.: 380 est / 50 °C
Main voltage: 440 V /60 Hz
Control voltage: 230 VAC
Fuel consumption max.: 4.5 m3/h
Viscosity set point min.: 12 est
Injection temperature max.: 145 °C
Working I test pressure: 12 / 18 bar
HFO day tank temp.: 85 °C
Pressurized air: 5-1 O bar
2. Technical data
F.O. Supply pump capacity 7.7 m3/h, 4 bar, 26 est
Electric motor 3.5 kW, 3500 r/min
F.O. Supply port pump capacity 0.79 m3/h, 4 bar, 26 est

F.O. Circ. pump capacity 14.0 m 3/h, 4/10 bar, 26 est

D.O. Booster pump capacity 0.52 m 3/h, 10 bar, 10 est

Preheaters 2*100 % steam heaters of tube type,

based on steam temperature/pressure 166.8°C/6.5bar.
Certificate KR
AURAMARINE LTD
Street address: Postal address: Tel+ 358 204 86 5030 Reg. office: Lieto
Kukkosenapaja 1 P.O.BOX 849 Fax+ 358 204 86 5031 Trade reg. no: 402.012
FIN-20660 LITTOINEN FIN-20101 TURKU Telex 62595 AUMA Fl ALV rek/ VAT reg: FI06846963
FINLAND FINLAND
Internet: www.auramarine.fi
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A DAERATION LINE, DN25 A
DESIGN PRESSURE: 10 bor

IF MIN.DESIGN TEMPERATURE: O'C
B
I MAX.DESIGN TEMPERATURE: i5CJC B
I LEVEL SWITCH TEST PRESSURt.: 15 bor
CONTENS: FUEL OIL
I STRENGHT FACTOR: O.i
DN50 H1, option1
I CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 0.75 mm
MATERIALS:
I LEVEL SWITCH PLATES H t
c c
I (secondary option) FLANGES c 22.8
PIPES S!35.8/I
IJ
-r
I
D
@
DN50 H1, opt;on2 SCREWS
METHOD or: Wt:WlNG:
FILLER MATER:AL:
M!G/MAG,TIG
SUBMERGED ARC WELDING
OK TGROD 13.09
g~ AUTROD 12.51
D I "LUX 1224 D
NON DESTRUCT:VE TESTING:
!2>323.9 I ERECTION WEIGH': '.30 Kg
¢400 (with !nsJfa:icn)

I TOTAL WEIGHT FULL OF WATER: 230 Kg
.1 . PREHEATING:
4i0 DN50 H2 HEAT TREATMENT:
JJ-
E
" ();0
I INNER COATING:
E
"' I
F
\
a\
l
81
l: !3
______.
DRAIN, R1/2" (With valve)
F
O'i '<:'!
/ I COUNTER FLANGES, DIN 2633 PN16, INCLUDED

BY STEAM
G ¢20
I
I
TRACE HEATING
,...._, Deoerotion Vessel 100L

0
") 200679A
Mfg.oc. 766 7- 76 73 Weight Assembly for loose delivery
Made 19.02.2007 TJu/Julin As!y.Drq CSBC H
Scole P09<> DRG.No.
Chkd. @D ACA
Appd. UNITS kg
1: 10 1/1 306694 R•v.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
\ >; :
\. .. ___,-,,,~
r ._ ,,_;; , ~ ,:, •' ~ r • ' .,
\ ~.'t••:,~' ~-~v• ,' ~

: '
SECTION 2
2 P&I Diagram, Part list
I
I
A
V066
CL. c
D D
<::>
z
u V009
E a? E
I-
---------·•--·!'> []
,--·-·-<] ~
I
_______ j r·-·1> 0
_______ _J
~
F F
~--t;>--pq-~-'-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~---1)~
Vl 17
'--~~~r:..G-~~~~~)~
A HFO INLET K STEAM INLET Manuf. No.: 6516, 6517, 6518, 6519, 6520, 6521
G @] B FUEL OIL TO M/E & G/E L CONDENSATE OUTLET 7667, 7668, 7669, 7670, 7671 •7672, 7673 @] G
81
B2
MOO TO G/E
MOO TO EMERGENCY OUTLET
p
R
SLUDGE FROM AUTOM. FILTER
INSTRUMENT AIR INLET #= b\l\1)~
-:~ooo~
BOOSTER UNIT AMB-M-26-SS
CSBC H/No: 865/866/882/883
c DRAIN FROM UNIT s F.O. TO FINE FILTER
Aura marineLtd.
D DEAERATION LINE T F.O. RETURN FROM FINE FILTER ~ /884/885/938/939/940/941/
reduct @D ACA UNITS mm,kq
F MOO INLET P1,P2 TRACING OF SLUDGE LINE /942/943/944
TRACED AND INSULATED PIPE TJu/ LY.DRG
F1 MOO INLET TO MOO BOOSTER PUMP MADE 28.06.2005 Ju/in P&I DIAGRAM
H 8 190907 TJu TPo P011&POl 1A LINES CORRECTED H
H F.0. RETURN FROM VENTING TANK CHKD. /Sa/ DRG. No.
8 111105 TJu TPo "'1 inde mien! inlet connection for MOO booster um ruvided 04.07.2005 Sakkara
H1
H2
F.O. RETURN FROM M/E
F.O. TO BOOSTER UNIT
A 120905 TJu TPo P11A with V78A and V79A added. /Sa/
APPO. 04.07.2005 Sakkara
306275 c
RE.V. ~TE MADE APPVD. EX!'LWTION Rov
CSBC PART LIST Page 1 of4
H/No 865/866/882/883/884/885
ITEM IND QTY PART NO DESCRIPTION TYPE/TECHNICAL DATA SET RANGE SET POINT
VOi 1.00 C025232 THREEWAY VALVE 776035L-DN50/WDBO I0120 I

EOI GS 1.00 C02537 LIMIT SWITCH AUTOMAX MOD 01 (SBl210)
B02 1.00 Al8165 SUCTION STRAINER D60H330/200 TV, 160micr
B03 1.00 Al8165 SUCTION STRAINER D60H330/200 TV, 160micr
B04 1.00 C06504 COOLER RADIATOR PIPE42 mm, 83 rim 30xl mm
DOI 1.00 Al80842 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP ACE 038K3/ NTBP (FOR DBL) relief 10bar 7.7m3/h, 4bar, 26cSt
D02 1.00 AI80842 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP ACE 038K3/ NTBP (FOR DBL) relief 10bar 7. 7m3/h, 4bar, 26cSt
Ml LOO A066042 EL. MOTOR 7AAIOOL02 3,5kW, 3500rpm, B5
M2 1.00 A066042 EL.MOTOR 7AAIOOL02 3,5kW, 3500rpm, B5
POI PI 1.00 C34500 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63.-L+ 3 BAR, 63* l/4'', CU
P02 PI LOO C34500 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63.-1+3 BAR,63*1/4",CU
P03 PI LOO C34506 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63. 0 .16 BAR, 63*1/4", CU
P04 PS 1.00 C32105 PRESS SWITCH MBC5100-2431-2CB04, LIOBAR
V03 1.00 C02006 SHUT OFF VAL VE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN50
V04 LOO C02006 SHUT OFF VAL VE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN50
V05 LOO C28005 NON RETURN VAL VE GB-019 DN40
V06 1.00 C28005 NON RETURN VAL VE GB-019 DN40
VOS 1.00 C02006 SHUTOFF VALVE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN50
V51 1.00 COIOIO SHUTOFF VALVE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
V53 1.00 COIOIO SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
V57 LOO COIOIO SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
SOOI 3.00 Al8077 SEAL GUARD FOR ACE 025-038 SYSTEM 24, LAGF 125 U+LAPC 50
S002 3.00 Al80771 SEAL GUARD HOSE, L=800 PS271-4R6-4/PS263-2-4/l 3611-4+ 260-4
B05 1.00 C405032 SUCTION STRAINER FIG 821GG,160 micr, DN25
VI04 1.00 C02003 SHUT OFF VAL VE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN25
VI08 LOO C02006 SHUT OFF VALVE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN50
D07 1.00 Al80182 F.O. SUPPLY PORT PUMP ACE 025L3/ NTBP DN25 relief 1 Obar 0. 79m3/h, 4bar, 26cSt
M7 LOO A06641 EL.MOTOR 7AA90S04 l,3kW, 1750rpm, B5
V106 1.00 C28003 NON RETURN VALVE GB-019 DN25
V77 LOO C01010 SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
P05 Pl 1.00 C34500 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63.-1.+3 BAR, 63* 1/4", CU
Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 30.01.2006 TJu/Julin Document ID: PL306275B

Product: AMB-M 26 SS Appvd 30.01.2006 RTu/Tuominen Manuf. no. 6515-6521
CSBC PART LIST Page 2 of4
H/No 865/866/882/883/884/885
B43 1.00 C20501 GL YSERINE BOTTLE DRW NR GLYSSAILIO
VIO 1.00 C30981 OVERFLOW VAL VE SPVF 40 C2FIA05, DN40 2-Sbar 4bar
Vil 1.00 C02005 SHUTOFF VALVE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN40
010 1.00 C309951 SET OF SAE FLANGES CFS 106-ST, DN40 (SAE)
QOI 1.00 All007 FLOW METER VZ0-40 FL IN 0 I DN 40
Vl3 1.00 C02005 SHUT OFF VAL VE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN40
VIS 1.00 C31006 OVERFLOW VAL VE RHD42L 2 BAR 42-42
B06 LOOSE 1.00 CI350807 DEAERA TION VESSEL DWG 1505-IC2, 100 I
V46 LOOSE 1.00 C35501 SAFETY VAL VE 851 BF- JO R 1/2" VITON 1.5-10bar !Obar
V60 LOOSE 1.00 C01014 SHUTOFF VALVE RB-1720 Rl/2", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
LOI LOOSE 1.00 C23506 LEVEL SWITCH LIQUIPHANT FTL260-0010, GI", L= 130
V43 LOOSE 1.00 C02009 SHUTOFF VALVE 223 SGS/SC R 1/2
V44 LOOSE 1.00 C45115 AUTOM. AIR VENT MINOX-G 8070 GGG40 R Y2"
D03 1.00 Al80332 F.O. CIRC PUMP ACG 045N7/ NTBP DN50 (NO BRACKET) relief 15bar l 4m3/h,4/l Obar,26cSt
D04 1.00 A 180332 F.O. CIRC PUMP ACG 045N7/ NTBP DNSO (NO BRACKET) relief 15bar l 4m3/h,4/l Obar,26cSt
M3 1.00 A066062 EL MOTOR 7AA 132S02K 6,3kW, 3500rpm, B5
M4 1.00 A066062 EL MOTOR 7AA 132S02K 6,3kW, 3500rpm, B5
P06 PI 1.00 C34506 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63. 0 .. 16 BAR, 63* l/4", CU
P07 PS 1.00 C32105 PRESS SWITCH MBC5100-243 l-2CB04, l..IOBAR !-!Obar 6bar
V16 1.00 C02006 SHUTOFF VALVE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN50
V64 1.00 COIOIO SHUT OFF VALVE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
T02 TI 1.00 C43011 THERMOMETER JAKO FIG 43S (L)0-160 R 1/2"
BIO 1.00 A15220 HEAT EXCHANGER MX 20,75, DWG 15 K 3242, L=l500
Bil 1.00 Al5220 HEAT EXCHANGER MX 20,75, DWG 15 K 3242, L=1500
T05 Tl 1.00 C4301 l THERMOMETER JAKO FIG 43S (L)0-160 R 1/2"
Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 30.01.2006 TJu/Julin Document ID: PL3062758

CSBC PART LIST Page 3 of 4
H/No 865/866/882/883/884/885
T06 TI 1.00 C43011 THERMOMETER JAKO FIG 43S (L)0-160 R 1/2"
V24 1.00 C02006 SHUT OFF VALVE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN50
V27 1.00 C355031 SAFETY VALVE 851BF-16R1/2" VITON 1.5-16bar 15bar
V31 1.00 C355031 SAFETY VAL VE 851 BF-16 R 1/2" VITON 1.5-16bar 15bar
V67 1.00 COIOl4 SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/2", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
V68 1.00 COIOl4 SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/2", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
V98 1.00 COIOl4 SHUT OFF VALVE RB-1720 Rl/2", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
V99 1.00 C01014 SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/2", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
V81 1.00 C02009 SHUT OFF VALVE 223 SGS/SC R 112
V82 1.00 Cl80032 GLOBE VALVE FIG 215-01 GG, ON 25 (-)
V85 1.00 C201031 GLOBE VALVE FIG 216-01 GG, ON 25 (L)
V86 1.00 Cl0503 MOTOR CONTROL VALVE KE 73+EL5601(220) DN25/KV10
V87 1.00 Cl80032 GLOBE VALVE FIG 215-01 GG, ON 25 (-)
V92 1.00 C02009 SHUT OFF VAL VE 223 SGS/SC R 1/2
B23 1.00 C405032 STRAINER FIG 821 GG, 400 micr, DN25
B24 1.00 C37001 STEAM TRAP TD 52 R 1/2"
B25 1.00 C37001 STEAM TRAP TD 52 R 1/2"
B26 1.00 C37006 STEAM TRAP TD 52 LC R 1/2"
B14 1.00 A08043 COMBINATION FILTER 6.23.1 48micr ON 50
BIS 1.00 A08033 BY-PASS FILTER BUILT ON COMBINATION FILTER
Pl I POIS 1.00 A08018 DIFFPRESS SWITCH,FILTER AUTOM DOA 436.2-08 0.6/0.8bar 0.6bar
V69 1.00 COlOIO SHUT OFF VALVE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
V78 1.00 A08034 SHUT OFF VALVE BUILT ON COMBINATION FILTER
V79 1.00 A08034 SHUT OFF VALVE BUILT ON COMBINATION FILTER

CSBC PART LIST Page 4 of 4
H/No 865/866/882/883/884/885
TOI TI 1.00 C43010 THERMOMETER JAKO FIG 42S (-)0-160 R 1/2"
V78A 1.00 A08034 SHUT OFF VALVE BUILT ON COMBINATION FILTER
V79A 1.00 A08034 SHUT OFF VAL VE BUILT ON COMBINATION FILTER
PJJA 1.00 A08018 DIFF.PRESS SWITCH,FILTER AUTOM. DDA 4.36.2-08 0.6/0.8bar 0.8bar
BJ6 1.00 A25015101 VISCOMETER, VISCOSENSE 2002 0 .. 30 cSt +PCB(IN BOX)+CABLE 0-30cSI 12cSt
P09 Pl 1.00 C34506 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63. 0 .. 16 BAR, 63*1/4", CU
T07 TT 1.00 C421055 PT- I 00 SENSOR COMPACT CS 12.221.903, 0 ..200, RYz''*75 o-200°c 147°C
V72 1.00 COIOJO SHUT OFF VALVE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
Bl6A 1.00 A2501510 VISCOSENSE HOUSING DN50 DN50/PN40
B22 1.00 C405052 STRAINER FIG 821 GG, 200 micr, DN40
D06 1.00 Al80533 0.0. BOOSTER PUMP ACE 025L3/ NVBP DN25 relief 15bar 0.53m 3 /h, 10bar, 10cSt
M6 1.00 A06641 EL. MOTOR 7AA90S04 1,3kW, 1750rpm, B5
P22 PI 1.00 C34506 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63. 0.16 BAR, 63* 114", CU
P21 PI 1.00 C34500 PRESSURE GAUGE 213.53.63.-1..+3 BAR, 63*1/4", CU
Vll2 1.00 C02005 SHUT OFF VAL VE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN40
V!l4 1.00 C28003 NON RETURN VAL VE GB-019 DN25
Vll6 1.00 C02003 SHUT OFF VALVE 223 SGS/BW SCH 40 DN25
Vl22 1.00 C01010 SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
Vl21 1.00 COlOlO SHUT OFF VAL VE RB-1720 Rl/4", BUTTERFLY HANDLE
Vl17 1.00 C36l 161 SOLENOID VAL VE 8240401.9101 Gl ",N0,230V,50/60Hz

CSBC SPARE PART LIST Page 1of1
H/No.: 938/939/940/941 /942/943/944
ITEM QTY PART NO DESCRIPTION TYPE/TECHNICAL DATA
SP01 AG00874 Minor kit, pump ACE038K/N3 .. T ..

SP02 AG00857 Minor kit, pump ACG 045 K/N5-6 xVxx, G053
SP03 AG00872 Minor kit, pump ACE025UN3 .. T ..
SP04 AG00900 Coupling complete ACE038 GEN3 ../IEC 100 I 112
SP05 AG00897 Coupling complete ACE 025/32 GEN3 .. /IEC 90
SP06 AG00843 Coupling for motor 132, pump ACG 045K/N 7
SP13 1 AG00571 Regulating spring ForSPVF40C1G1A05
SP14 2 AM02870 Safety valve 851 BF-16, viton, R 1/2"
SP15 1 AG00333 Set of gaskets, filter autom. 6.23 NW 40 I 50
SP16 AF01112 Contactor A9-30-10-80 230 V AC
SP17 AF01116 Contactor A16-30-10-80 230 V AC
SP18 AF01058 Control Relay N40E-80 230 V AC
SP19 1 AF00428 Miniature relay 40.52.8.230
SP20 AF00880 Indicating light CL-523W 230V
SP21 AF00883 Indicating light CL-523G 230V
SP22 AF00882 Indicating light CL-523R 230V
SP23 AF00945 Manual Motor Starter MS116-4
SP24 AF00946 Manual Motor Starter MS116-6.3
SP27 AF00894 Miniature circuit-breaker S201-C1
SP28 AF01166 Push-button MP1-10G
SP29 AF01189 1NO contact MCB-10
SP30 AF01165 Push-button MP1-10R
SP31 AF01190 1 NC contact MCB-01
SP32 2 AF01193 Contact holder for 3 contacts MCBH-00
Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 07.08.2008 T Ju/Julin Document ID: SPARES_A

Product: AMB-M-26-SS Appvd 07.08.2008 RTu/Tuominen Manuf. no. 7667-7673
3
/
/
SECTION 3
3 Electric diagrams, Part list
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 7 I 8 I
A A
c--
..._
155 235 315 395 475
WIDTH 600 I I
HEIGHT 380
I I I
DEPTH 210 c::cJ (\.) 460x30 l1'
B IP 65
WEIGHT APPROX. 25 kg
CAI8D rnHrJ -
-- - B
N
- 0 0 -- I')
~ AOT1
- -
0 0
I')
0
-N N
~~ ~ :.:: :.:: N
:.:: I N
:.::
-
0
I') 0 I')
x < ~ < :Of;i <~
0
< -
< I')
<
-
ID
-
-
Q.Q!!D LIIBiJ o;IBIJ N
--
-
U1 I')
~
x
N ~ 0 0 0 U1
463x43 0
U1
N
---
~
0 IXl
c c
-- -~001°
N
l-
LfilD mm - I') 0
~~ x
~~
U1 < < <
-N
- 0 -- -135---l 549x43 -
c:::I:J U1
~ V1
-- rv
D 8xM20 + M25 D
LIST OF LABELS FOR SITE CABLES:

id pcs text M25 + 2xM32
- - ..._
_L ..l F.O. BOOST£R UNIT
- - STARTER 1
AOQ1 1 MAIN SWITCH
AOH3 1 SOURCE
E ~ ..!.. NO. 1 F.0. E
SUPPLY PUMP (0001) M20 = fl 5,5-12 mm
A3S1 ..l NO. 1 F.O . M25 =fl 11-18 mm
CIRCULATING PUMP (D003) M32 = ii 17-25 mm
-H1 2 RUNNING
- -H2 2 TRIPPED -
_L...1_ WARNING
ELECTRIC MOTORS WILL START
AUTOMATICALLY AFTER POWER
F RECOVERY FROM BLACKOUT F
NOTICE:
1) COLOR OF THE ENCLOSURE: MUNSELL 7.5BG7/2
- 2) COLOR OF THE PHASES: L1 RED, L2 WHITE, L3 BLUE -
TO BE MARKED TO WIRES & CABLES
3) FUSE UST INCLUDED
G G
- AC 440V 60Hz
-
~=AURA Product AMB-M l@-E3CADISCA1..E
CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 1 OBJECT =E1 1ooc l~L~nt.
'.S''SMARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila

- LngGBlrA"!'..P.'· 7667-7673/SHEET 11~r.~38
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
HNo: 938 - 944 PROJECT I 1A3-DRAWING I REV.
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Assembly Drawinq - 406856 I
F Ml F
A
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A
- SIZE RECOMMENDATION 1 -
f~~NGD~J
32 A
.,
8 B
-AO
- - - - -·-·-·-· -
-
I
-01 ~--\ -
I -Tl I
c
I
~ I
c
I I
I I
- I I -
I I
D I I D
· -Al
r-·- -· ---·-· T -A3
·- --·- --·-
I
- I I I - ..__
I
-01 rr
I
I
I
-01 rr~
1
I I
I I 1
E ~-c
I ~-c
I
E
I I I I I
I I I
>--
I -02 I -02 I -
L._ - ~·--- ..l. - · - · - · - · - _J
F F
- M M
-
M001 M003
Yv Yv
G N0.1 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP (0001) N0.1 F.O. CIRC. PUMP (0003) G
P= 3,5 kW P= 6,3 kW
In= 6,3 A In= 11,5 A
!start= 43 A lstort= 60 A
..__ ..__
#-AURA Product AMB-M {H3!CADISCALE CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 1 OBJECT =E11DDC l'.:L':.~':
'i!F'S.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivili:i 1..rnJGRl~.l'P~'· 7667-7673jSHEET 21~r.~38
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivili:i HNo: 938 - 944 POWER DISTRIBUTION PROJECT I IA3-DRAWING I REV.
., .c ... FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Sinqle Line Diaqram - 406856 I
f Ml f
1 I 2 3 I 4 1 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A A
I- I-
-AO
8 - - - -·- - - 8
r -·- - -·-·-
l
-
I
I
I
-Tl~ ::::;:
Q'.
:'.5
<
6w
-
c I II c
-Fl *-F2)
I ->
_J _J
N
- I 0
I')
>
0
I')
-
N N
I
~ ~
D I I D
. -Al -A3
I-·-·- ·-· - ----- T-- ·-·- --·-·- -i
- I I I - -
I I I
I
~
> I
-
_J
> I
E 0 0
I') I') E
I N
I N I
u
I ~
N I ~ I
0
w w -
-1 II
I II I
L- ·- · - - - - - · - · - . J_ -·- ·---·---·- J
F F
- -
G G
- -
Product AMB-M ~E3CAIJISCALE OBJECT =E11°oc l~Llf_nt.
. . -AURA CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 1
LngGBH'."P~'-
W":.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila 7667-76731SHEET 31\.!r.~38
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
HNo: 938 - 944 CONTROL VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION PROJECT I IA3-0RAWING I REV.
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Sina le Line Diaqram - 406856 I
F Ml F
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A.--~~~~~1-L1~~~~~~~~..__~~--'~~-S-O-U~RC-E~~~-'--~~--J'--~~--"~~~--'-~~~_..:._~~~-'-~~~D~EIA~Y-OF-~-AN~D~.L-~-ART~~-=-~~~-L-~~A
1L2
.---1~L~3~-+--.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ } 5/A8,6/A8
AC 230V 1L -X1:1 -X1:2

5/81, 6/81
AC 230V 2L
5/81, 6/81
B B
I
I
I
L N N
I
~E L. -F1 ~ -F2 ~
E
Ill
N..i- <D - -
N'
x
c N c
> -T1
0
"""
"""
(.) L111 ....
<(
~
D 'j D
§2~
~Q:
g:g
z:z
oo
U:::E
x
E -H1
(WH)
N -X2-1 E
-~~j
N
x :( :(
-K1 -K2
(C8l}
N N
<( (5s} <(
AC 230V NL
5/F1, 6/F1
F SUPPLY AC 230V N F
5/F1, 6/F1
~ 15 87 ~ 15
5/E3
~ ~
~6/E3
24 I 21 E
6
~
s0
.., G G
8
"'~ A1 A2 SModo "1" A1 A2 e l l o•1•
do
(;j
21 ~ 21 ~
15 18 15 18
:: 16 t 16 t
"'c
~ OBJECT
=E1-AO
g BOOSTER UNIT STARTER DOC
LngGB. up~. 38
e
Q. SUPPLY PROJECT A3-0RAWING REV.
~
Circuit Dia ram 406856 I
II
STANDBY PRESSURE REMOTE ON RUNNING RUNNING lRIPPED
SWITCH OF
F.O. SUPPLY PUMPS
ON STANDBY 8
~
~
4/A8 { -'11=L2=-1-~-
L3
~
4/B8 IC 2'3fN 1L AOF1
8 8
~
fub
~~ ~
-X1"l~
0 0
~ -X1'°l~
0
c
a:: OVl a:: .q.-
~
en O 2j
._. a::: 2j
«> a:::: ro 2j
a:::: C'\I
~
a:::
I'")
I!)
I'")
N
' ':~!/
\,' /
r--J""" -----~
-S1
-x2;r -X3~r
-K2 -K2
I o D
1-X1N <'I
<'I
<'I
I'")
I
I
-r----- I -X2N -X3v
I
I c ~
lI ~N~
8....JO::::>
-'.:
~
zz:
-X1N x x
I ~:z:~ ::>
-Xll'"l : -H1 -H2 ;;;!;l5u a:: E
(GN)~ (RD)~ -X3~l
<'I
: -X1:l
< : ~ """ ~I'") I!)
~-+~'-'"'"-==:....:..:::'--~~~~~~~-+~~~~~~~-+-~~--0-2~~-+-~---_-_-_-_-_-~---_-_-_-_-__,_-_-_~_-_-_-_-~---_-_-_-_L-_-_-_-_-_-_j_--~~~~c--~:,~---------;:.~w
F
~
~
15 02 13/03 .!..±_
IYi
11 C5 -Jr- E8
~07 24 21 13:))± E7
~03
I
~
I I
~07
I
23~C6
33
~ ~ 43~ 03 ~
I
6/E4
G G
"'"' 43~ E7
~ ~
ci ci
...: cD
53~C6
"'"'
" e N0.1 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP (0001)
"g'a "g'a
~
u
~
u
# W
.=. AURA ProductAMB-M ~E3CA!JSCALE CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 1
II
!l" !l"
-MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi Kivila
~=--AU~RA=-:M=AR:..::IN=E-=-=Lt=d"-=~-C-HK--.:D'-.-+-19-_-02-.2=-=0=-=0-'--
7 1-"M"-K"-i-'K'"'"iv·:;.
110. :'-----lHNo: 938 - 944 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP 0001
5
a~ u~~~~F_IN_LA~N_D~~~__._A_P_P_VD~-~2_0_.0_2~-2~0~0~7rR_T~u~T~u~o~m~in~e~n__..~~~~~~~~--..+-~~-..-1-C_i_rc_u_i_t~D_i_a_._r_a_m~~~~~~~~~--'-~~~~~~~4~Q=-=6~8~5=-=6~~~_.:J
REMOTE ON RUNNING RUNNING TRIPPED
ON STANDBY
4/CS M:. 2'31N 1L NJF1

N.; 2'31N 2L NJF2
4184
z ~~ fD -x1r--1!5 !5-X1<Dl!5
:::> 1-w i= 0 a aa: aa: ,..,
C:: OVlC:: ~ Vl - a: CD 00 N
'\.' / c
-S1 '"'"~:: ----~ -~~~~---~------ -----------
-X1~ -X1~
D
I
L
E -NJK1 E
4/F4
F
13/D3 !±.
!Yi
11 cs -Jr- E8
~D7 24 21 I 13tC6
~
I
~D7
I
23:J-1± C6
.3 0.3
0
43~ D3 33¥E7
G G
8"' 8"' 43~ E8
M003
"'ci "'ci
;:; ui
"'
::.,, ;.,, N0.1 F.O. CIRC. PUMP (0003)
c c
.§ _g
0
u
0
C"°'E:..-.. AURA ProductAMB-M ~61CA!JSCALE CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER
OBJECT =E1-A3 DOC 9 n.
>
e e > . .Cr's.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi Kivila 7667-7673 SHffi 6 38
Q. Q. 1----'=--A~U~RA~M~A~R~IN~E:=!U~d~~+c=H~K~D~.--i.:.,~9_~0=2~.2~0~07:...i:.::M~K~i~K~iv~ila~-~--IHNo: 938 - 944 F.O. CIRC. PUMP 0003 PROJECT A3-0RAWING # REV.
~ ~
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu Tuominen Circuit Dia ram 406856 I
=El
'-Ao·-·- - -·- - - - -·- - - - - - -·- -·- -·- - -·- -·- -·-·-·- - ---·-·- - - -·- - -
I
I
B
I -Ql
-
I
-1
IPE
c
-- '--'.....-'-- 8/D2
E E
I I
- -
.s
)
ll'f
I
I
~" (() 0>1~1::1~1 :
0
~I~
Lo...~
'---
0"' F F
0
"! d.1 I
-EO
ori I c: CONTROL
- - -·- PANEL
_J
.,
~
I -
c
"
O> I
.s0
CJ
:;:; ECR I
"u G - - -1-·- - - - - - - - -·- - - - - - -·- - - - - - - - -·- - - - - - -·- -·- -·- - - - - - G
"'8 -is
"'~
~
!lo
32A ~
"E -
":l
"'
c
CJ
:;:;
PROTECTING
DEVICE
-
u
0
.c
;;
c
"u
# - AURA ProductAMB-M l-@-E3CADI™ CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 1 OBJECT =E1 JDDC J~L'i".I:
e
a.
c"' i----==----'•=--=-=M==-A==R-=-l::..::N-=-E=--1-M"'-A--'D'-=E'--!l-'-1.::..g·;..;;.o.;;;.2:..=.2c::.oo.::..7~Mc:...:K"-i/.::..K.:.:.iv-"'ila=--·- - - 1 HNo:
CJ
938 _ 944 SUPPLY f

7667-7673jSHEET 71\1."'""'38
I
0"
.c AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila PROJECT JA3-DRAWING REV.
.ll"
" .0 u FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Interconnection Diaqram 406856 I
r Ml F
a Approval changes 21.10.2005 Ola Jd Change of ECC switch•• 19.04.2006 Ola
b Approval change• 26.10.2005 Ola
c Change of cable markings & cable glands 15.11.2005 Ola g: Port pump Interlocking added 23.05.2008 MKI
G) .,., ,..., 0 () CD )>
~
,..., ~
§ ·-·-·-·-·-·--,
() :z
1 ;:i;: I II
() ..,,P
~ c-
2
::':I!:'.:!
!'Sb
z:!!~
W1 4x1,5 S
3
>~
)> 111111
§~
_..,, PE
zz
0,..., S::)>
~-c
cc PE
I
i:;: >c ; STDBY ..... 1
~:a
0.
,.. 0 "(:;- 2
,...,
"O -4>-
~J>
T=RUN 1 3
I W143 5x1,5
I I =E4A1X4 I ~ 2 4
1
3 2
4 3 ll'l
PE PE
='"'
p !!I
PE
~~~ ~ W504 3x1,5 S 1
~~~
'-< ..,, 2
..,,o~ PE
i§..,.,~ 4
JI 5
6 I IVI
~I~ 7
P-FBP-172 1
I :r:
:z: (/)
0
0
CD
I
---------------
(L-MPYC-19) 2 ±[
.. 0
I t.432
<.D AMS -X3 I
c...J
co ARNl\RUAI
1
2 =o
2
SID BY
3 -3
I
<.D
.j>o.
.j>o. <:TART
4 -4 l-4>-
-5
!Cl I I I
~
0
5
6
-
-6
-·-·-·-·-·
,e~ I
1
~ ~
I
~b
§
2:;: : V1
W1
2
3
W3 4x2,5 S
2
3
0
I
l\l
)> .
VI I
0 5
. LEL
i
~~ rh PE IU1
::i -0 (TI
.... c 0
I ni-·-·-·-
('..,[) s:: 0 PE
-~ ~'
-0 (/) ; STDBY ~1J
g --1 ,.. 0 I ~
::i s::
0
fTl
:::0
T=RUN I ~ 2
W144 5x1,5
2
1
,___
2
,___
-
::i I
"'I 1
~ --1 c I -A2X1 3
i
3 2
ct:~ z I 3 4 4
g (/)
e·
8
=i '"""5
'~
0
-·
Ro (/)
--1
L.-·-·-·
81,)1 - - - -
4
"O
PE 9
10
,___
6
,___
7
,___
I
I
I
0 (/) )>
0 - :::0
.., C) --1
~· 8
.-1 1 m 1 W151 3'1,5 S
2
PE
3 ,___
0 z
fTl ~· 2 10
,___
3 )> :::0
f!ll -A7X1 ~ 4
11
[Ji ~ 1 ,___
....... 3 1 12
I 2 W153 3x1,5 S 2 ,___
4 13
,___
L.-·-·-·- ~ L!L ,___
10
,___
1.1
,___ 1-.J
'f
11
~Cl ~ I 12
20
,___
Pl CD Q 21
I 13
"'.·c.., 14
22
..., 23
I
-X2 I
3
~
-...J I
O>
O>
4
-...J
I
_p.. ~~ 7 7
II 1
,___
Ql-...J rrl 8 8 I IOI
O'l 0 c...J 2
,___
(() ~ ~ 9 9
3
..___
(JI t5 88 10
P-FBP-171
10
4
..___
O'l OJ
11
12
- - - - - - - - - - - - - 11
(L-MPYC-19)
t.432 12
- 5
_§___
'-·-·-·-·-·-·_J
G)
I .,., I ,..., I 0 I () I CD I )>
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A A
I-
WIDTH 600
155
I
235
I
315
I
395
I
475
I
-
HEIGHT 380
DEPTH 210 c::I=:J /\.) 460x30
B IP 65
WEIGHT APPROX. 25 kg
rnHIJ~ - - B
0 0 ,..,
-- ,..,vx
-~
;;~ N N
~
~~
~
:.: :.: :.:

N
,..,0 AOT1 0
~
0
v
0
0
.. ~ ~ N< v
- c:m!IJ a2!ITJ rnHIJ
0
<O
N
,..,
--
'°
~
< < .,:(j <
,..,
v
x
--
N
->-
~ 0 0 0 463x43 0
'°
'° N
~
0 IX)
c
]]001 ~
N c
rnmrnm -- ~ x
1l
"'c
2u
I-
LIST OF LABELS
l"
~N
0
·--
8xM20
[W1 [W1
FOR SITE CABLES:

CrJ
+ M25
'°
~
-- -135---l
'°v V1
--
549x43
(V
..__
M25 + 2xM32
"' - id pcs
__l__ ..1
- -
AOQ11
text
F.0. BOOSTER UNIT
STARTER 2
MAIN SWITCH
- -
AOH~ 1 SOURCE
E A2S1 ..1 NO. 2 F.O . E
SUPPLY PUMP (D002) M20 =¢ 5,5-12 mm
A4S1 J_ NO. 2 F.O. M25 =¢ 11-18 mm
CIRCULATING PUMP (0004' M32 =¢ 17-25 mm
-H1 2 RUNNING
- -H2 2 TRIPPED -
2-...l WARNING
AUTOMATICALLY AFTER POWER
F RECOVERY FROM BLACKOUT F
NOTICE:
- 2) COLOR OF THE PHASES: L1 RED, L2 WHITE, L3 BLUE -
TO BE MARKED TO WIRES & CABLES
G G
AC 440V 60Hz ..__

I-
. . -AURA Product AMB-M ~E3CADISCAI.£

CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 2 OBJECT =E2 1ooc l".L".".':
wli:.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila ln9GBl?,up~1. 7667-76731SHEET 9 J~E..,.,: 38
AURAMARINE ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
HNo: 938 - 944 - PROJECT I jA3-DRAWING f REV.
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Assembly Orawinq - 406856 I
F Ml
•
B
-AO
SIZE RECOMMENDATION
FOR PROTECTING DEVICE
32 A
1 I
1·- -·- -
-01 r-
-T1
c ~ c
D I. -A2 0
r·-· ·-·-· T -A4 I
-01 ~rI -01

I
I
I
E r E
I
I
I I I
L._ - J_ · - · - · _J
F F
M002 M004
G N0.2 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP (0002) N0.2 F.O. CIRC. PUMP (0004) G
P= 3,5 kW P= 6,3 kW
In= 6,3 A In= 11,5 A
lstort= 43 A lstort= 60 A
.\ ,,,,~
A
1 I 2 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A
- >---
-AO
B
r·- ·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·- l B
I I
- -T1
::::;;
er -
I :5 I
<
0w I
c II
I c
-F1 -F2
-
-
_J _J
N
>
I
~
...., ....,
0 I -
N N
I
~
(.)
<
D I D
t-.-A2
- - ·-· - -·-·-· T -A4
-·- ·-·- ·-·-·- -i
~
I I I - >---
I I I
I
->
_J
-
_J
I
E ....,
0 I >
....,
0
E
I N
I N I
I ~ I
~ I
w 0
- w -
I II
I II I
L. ___ ---·-·-·-· .L - · - · - · - · - · - · - J
F F
- ~
G G
- >---
~-AURA ~E3CAOISC'li OBJECT

Product AMB-M CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 2 =E21°oc 1:;L<:.~~
W-MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivili:i t.n9G8li',"PR'· 7667-7673JSHEET 111~L~38
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivili:i HNo: 938 - 944 CONTROL VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION PROJECT f 1"3-0RAWING f REV.
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Sinqle Line Diaqram - 406856 I
• Ml •
(
2 _ _ _..___ ____;;..._
A.------1-L1_.__ _ _..::__ 3 __S_O_U~RC_E_ _ __:_
4 _ _ _.___ ___;;5_ _ ___,__ _ __;;_
6 _ _ __,__ _ _D~ELA-r-oF-~-~-o~-'--~-ART----=----__L_-~A
7 8
.--~1L32 --1---r--------------------------------------------~}13/M,
1~L= 14/M
AC 230V 1L -X1 :1 -X1:2

13/81, 14/81
....:AC..=....:2:=3c::,;OV:.....:::2L'------------ 13/81, 14/81
B B
-F2
E -H1 E
~n U') (WH) N
~~~~
x -K1 -K2
-01 (1:81)
N
(5s) <(
AC 230V NL
~--=-'--'""'---_.____ ________ 13/F1, 14/Fl
F SUPPLY AC 230V N _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ J L __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ L_ _ _
'-=-=.::..:_:.:...._ ~ 13/F1, 14/F1 F
18 15
~ 15 13/E2
~ ~
24
~
I 21 ES
~ 14/E2
G G
A11>2.sMode"1"
21 24
22
15 18
16 °'
REMOlt ON RUNNING RUNNING lRIPPED
ON STANDBY 8a..
a..
~
AC 230V 1L AOF1
12188
12/84 AC 230V 2L AOF2
8 8
UJ
c z fub
o~ ~ -x1r--l~
o o~ -X1'°l~
o c
-----------N-j
~ ~w ~ o~ ~ ~
0:: OVJO:: .q-"' - ~ <O ~ <XJ ~
' \ ,' , /
-51 '"'---~ -----;. --~:,l--~
-x1--------.-~
-x2;r -X3~r
-K2 -K2
0 I ,;E1A1X1- . I 0
-X1N N
N
N
I'")
~ ~,, I'") I'")
.q- -X2N -X3.q-
_T ____
I =E1A1K1 I .q-
-.q-
U1 I
I .q-
I x x
I
E
L I -Hl
I E
I {GN)N
I x
-K2 ___ J1 -K3
I
< -Q2 <
N
<(
N
<(
N
<(
12/F4 AC 2"31N NL
F 12/FB AC 230V N F
13/03 ~
~
11 cs -Jr- E8
~07 24 I 21 13).J± E7
~
I I
~07
I
23~C6
33
43)):± 03 ~
I
14/E4
G G
43~ E7
53~C6
N0.2 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP (0002)
# AURA
'&'SMARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi
ProductAMB-M ™ CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 2
38
i-==--Au-=RA=--.:M=AR=-=1N=E::..=Lt..:.:d:=..=..:~i..c.c"""'H~KD;:._.-l-'-19=..:_:..:...02::.;..2=..:o:.:o:..:...7i..:.:M.:.:.cK::.Li.c..:.:.:.:.:..::..__---1HN0: 938 - 944 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP 0002 REV.
0 ~ Q.___ _ _ F_IN~LAN:;___o_ _ __._A_P_PV_;_O~.=.;.....o..;;;-=:..::..;..1-'-'-'=-'-=c:.;.;;.=.;.;_i_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___,,.+---~-C_i_rc_u___;it'---D_i_a....,_r~a_m

__________.__ _ _ _ _ _ _~..::....::..::.-=----~'
STANDBY PRESSURE REMOTE ON RUNNING RUNNING TRIPPED
SWITCH OF ON STANDBY
F.0. CIRCULATING PUMPS
N.:. 230V ll (AOFl)
12/88
230V 2L AOF2
12/84
!ii B B
j N
N
I
! z
~~
Cl""' i1i:;
-x1r--ll=!
0
l=!-X1"']1=!
0 0
1=!
0
~ c ::::> f-U..I
et: ocnet: + "'
i= 0 :::E
~ l;!
:::E
"' l;! ai
:::E
l;!
'"E c
E
f
I!
U')
I <'i
f'.
t
f
'Ii n i=EiAlxl;.., i=EOA7X1"'
-x2;r-X3~r
:5 0 -K2 -K2
0
,...,
i U'l
~
I
I
...,
~
_T____ - N
Cl ~ 11 N
Cl
,_ N
N
N
l'1
.
I + I < !;;:
..
~
-X1N
>-
:
I
I
I
I
I
I
w
II
;:t
11
11
@
II
,_ -X2N -X3+
CD (!) (!)
I I :z :z
~ I
I
I
I
x x z
:z
z
~
I
E ~AOKI I -Xl,..., -H1 -H2 iE "" E
I I (GN)N (RD) N -x1nf -x3l{)l
I I
~ ~ N I
x x l'1 l'1
I :;{ l'1 + ~ l'1 U')
-K1<C >- N _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _JI ___ J-K3 -02
<-l ------------------ __L_________ ------ -----4------~-----
+ v Nv<D
(3s) ~ N
<(
N
<( l'1 +
l2/~ ~-+~N.:._2_'3fN~N~L~~~~~~~~-+~~~~~+-~~~~-+~~~~~~~~~~-'--~~~~~~--'-~~--'
-X1+ -X3"'
F 12/IB ~--'--N.:.-'-'2~'3fN--'-N~~~~~~~~~..__~~~~--'-~~~~---' F
13/03 1.±. 11 cs -j.- E8
~
~07 24 I 21 13tC6
~
I
~07
I
23~C6
43~ 03 33~ E7
G G
43~ E8
"
""'"'
c "
c c
c
. N0.2 f.O. CIRCULATING PUMP (0004)
&; &;
u u
("
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=E2
1-i..o
_ --------------- -----·-·-·---·-·-·- -·-·- ---------·- - ---·-------------·-·-·
I
sl j
I tEE
-01
-
~
I
L........I I EB: ~
lfI
I
c 0~....J
3l: CJ
Cl'.:
w
a..llOl<O
..___..,....__ 16/02
IO
SI I
I
I
,!Cl<n
D glffi
~lcli IO_
<..> I x
.....
:;;lo
N
~
~I! 3:
~l::i;
E
~I~
~I~ ;J~INlnlvhOl<O E
I
I r I
~
.3
0
F
~I"'
I I
El§::
I I
~pl~rn~I~
...._
:
"' I I F
0
0 d.1 i=
~
.,; I c ____
·-EO
_J
..,.
CONTROL PANEL
~ I ~
c.,
c;. I
.3
0
~
., ECR I
u
GI-~~-~- - -·- - - - -·- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - -·-·- - · - - · - - IG
"'~
0
...,.
~
~.,
":l.,. E
j!
.,u
~
PROTECTING ~
.,c S>
DEVICE
.c
a
u
e
'O
.,.
# = '&''SMARINE
AURA ProductAMB-M l@-E3CADI™ CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 2 OBJECT
LngGBl~,u_pgL
=E2 IDOC - ]~~~
7667-7673ISHffi1 5i~r.;;.;:,;3g
.,c" AURAMARINE ltd
MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila HNo: 938 - 944 SUPPLY I jA.J-ORAWING-# REV.
t .c
(.)
PROJECT
0 S> u FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Interconnection Diaoram 406856 I
iIT
' '
a Approval changes 21.10.2005 Ola Id Change al ECC switches 19.04.2006 Ola
b Approval changes 26.10.2005 Ola
c Change al cable marldnge & cable glande 15.11.2005 Ola g: Port pump intertacklng added 23.05.2008 Ml<i
G) ..., 0 (") tD )>
- ·-·-·-·-· ---,
2
m~
'
"C
1 l'Tl I II
~I Rl
~
2 I
2 W2 4x1,5 S 0
3 N
3
rh LEL
PE
-X1 I
, STOBY 1
... 0 ·-·-·- - 1
TI
RUN J -A1X1
1
"ti
l"'1
1
W143 5x1,5
2
3
2
3
I 2 4
2'"
- 3 1
__!_
- 3
- 65
- --
4 2
4 N
PE 3
·-·-· 7
PE
~
-
.....
4
5
20
- 21
- 22
6
7
1
- 23
-X2 I
I~~
0
..
CD
0
P-FBP-272
- - - - - -(L-MPYC-19)
- --- -- 2
-H -X3 I
M32 1
c.D 1
VJ
00 2 2 - 2
-
3
4
5
6 ;c
3
4
5
6
---s
-
3
4
I
I
6
-· --·-· -· -·
0
0
..... _J
~ ·-·-·-
2
3
E
W4 4x2,5 S
1
2
3
LEL m~ 0
N
I
-0 rn l-A3x1 "ti
l"'1
1
,..... co
:::i
1 PE
...,
(1)
s::: 0
- 2
2
1
-X1 I
() -0 (/)
-i
, STOBY
, 0
-_.1Q_ 3 W144 5x1,5
2
_J_
0 4 2
fTl
:::i s::: :::0 TRuN - 11
PE
1
"""""3
:::i
-
(1) 0 ·-·- · - -
-
I 2
() -i c I ·-·-·- 4
,..... 0 z J-A12X1 "ti
a· l"'1
m
:::0 1 W152 3x1,5 S PE
:::i (/) =i
2 8
(/) 5
0 l<:' ~ 9
""6 en
~ -
---
0 10
...,
(/) :::0 I -A7X1 7
C) -i 1 3
0
3 z)>
fTl
:::0 [± 21 4
10
11
I
(/) N
REMOTE
L. · - · - ·-
P007
~2
PE I W154 3x1,5 S 1
2
LIT..
PE
-- 12
13
n---
~
1 W507 3x1,5 S
8
::-;
-.J
2
PE 11
12
13
2
--
20
21
- 22
9
14 - 23
3
-X2 I
4
-H -X3 I
7 7
00
8 8 - 21
9 9
P-FBP-271 3
10 - - - - - -(L-MPYC-=19) - 10
4
11
M32
11 - 5
12 12 - 6
- · -- · - · - · - · - '__J
..., 0 (") tD )>
" 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
.,~
0
A
ALARM PANEL LABELS
A
0 WIDlH 600
-·
"'oi0 SIDBY F.O. SUPPL1 LOW l.EVEL IN HEIGHT 600 CII:J
DEPTH 210
PUMP STARTED MIXING TANK IP 55
~
.
..., - WEIGHT APPROX. 38 kg -
D
SlDBY F.O. CIRC. F.O. SUPPLY PORT D NOTICE:
"'
c
:~
a
.c
PUMP STARTED PUMP TRIPPED 1) COLOR OF lHE ENCLOSURE: MUNSELL 7.5BG7/2
u
2) COLOR OF lHE PHASES: L1 RED, L2 WHITE, L3 BLUE
...,., B FlLTER CONTROL VOLTAGE B
a
c TO BE MARKED TO WIRES & CABLES
c;. CLOGGED FAIWRE
.3) FUSE UST INCLUDED
~ BY-PASS FILTER HIQi 4) DRAWINGS INCLUDED
8 CLOGGED VISCOSITY .__
-
LOW LOW
:,
mtPERATIJRE VISCOSITY
.3
0
<O UST OF LABELS c
c id pcs text
8
"'...C! 0
1---=--+-1'-l F.0. BOOSTER UNIT
O>
CONTROL PANEL
AOQ1 1 MAIN SWITCH
- A16S1 1 VISCOMETER B016 .__
i
.2 A14S1 1 AUTO FILTER B014 ~
0 A14S2 1 MANUAL FLUSH 70 150 230 J10 J90 470
f;l A14P1 1 FLUSHING COUNTER
0 0 A7S1 1 F.O. SUPPLY PORT PUMP 16xM20 0
Ci AOH2
l---'-""'-"''-1-1'-l VALVE V001 IN M20 = iii 5,5-12 mm FOR SITE CABLES:
>
H.F.O. POSITION M25 =iii 11-18 mm 4xM20 + 7xM25 + 4xMJ2
.
0
E
,___~'--'--1'""'
AOH3 VALVE V001 IN M.32 = iii 17-25 mm
"' 0.0. POSITION ATIN AC 440V 60Hz
- A7H1 1 RUNNING VISCOSITY CONTROLLER A17A1 AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER A17A2 AND TOTAUZER FOR FLOW METER - -
AOH1 1 SOURCE TO BE INSTALLED TO ECR
489><30 I
~ E
~
E
~
~ AOT1
i 1~11 ~m
-
,...,.., -
~
~ "'I,,,
0 "
!;( ~ i I~ IA14A1mx ~
:!!
F ~ F
041b60
~
.3
0
-
~
[!} -
.a
~-
041b60
.3
0 0j is
G G
"'"'
~ ~ ~
--
0 0 .,
...: tO
('I C"\I
...,§
Qi
AUTO FlllER TYPE: 623
: : .!?-
c"' "' ,,ac
~ ~ ol--'-;;;;;;;;;;;;..---,;;;:---,,-,:-::-=:---::---.::---r--0--,-------,,..,..---==-:=-----,.-----------------r----------------=-~==------~~--~~,......J..-l
u u 0 llE. = AURA
ProductAMB-M ~E3CAD/SCA1£ BOOSTER UNIT CONTROL PANEL CSBC OBJECT l~~-~nL =E01°oc
g g 8. ~W'S.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivili:i LngGBlli~P~1. 7667-76731 5HEET171\!t.~38
j j ~ l--'~-A~U=RA'--M~A=R'""'1N""E"'-"L=-t=-=d""""'=-+c-H-K'-o'-.-+1-9~_-02-.-=2"'0-=-07~M"""Kcc.<i/'-1K"""i-vi"'"'1a'--·- - - 1 HNo: 938 - 944 - PROJECT I /AJ-oRAw1Nc 1 REV.
a ,, u.__~~---.:...F~IN=LA~N~0'---~~-1.:A~P~PV....:..::..D.:....=20~..::.0~2.=2~00~7;..i..:.:.RT~u~1/T~u~o~m~i~ne~n:.......1._-~~~~~~~---,~·~~---.~A--'-s-se~m~b~l"'--y~O~r~a-w_i_n...._q~~~~~~~.1----~~~~~---'4~Q~6~8.::::...=5~6=--~~.-...:JI
F Ml F
A
1 I 2 l 3 l 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I A
f-- -
SIZE RECOMMENDATION :I:
8 ~~~"'~J
10 A
8
-AO
·- -· - - - - - - ·-·---·- · - · - · - -·- -·-·- -·-·- - -·- -·-·1
I
-
I
-01 f----'i
-T1
-
c
I
~ c
I
I
- ,__
D I D
-A7
I ·-
·--- ·-
T
-----·-
T
---·-·--
T
--·-·--- .T - - · - · - - - 1
- I I I I I I - -
-Ol~r
I I I I I I
E
I !I I I I I I
E
I il I I I I I
I I I I I I
- -
I -02 I I I I I
L._._ -·- J_ ·----- ·- J_ - - - - - - - · J_ - - - - - - - J_. - - - - - - - · J_ - - - - - - - .J
F F
- M
-
M007
3'V
G F.O. SUPPLY PORT PUMP 0007 G

P= 1,3 kW
In= 2,8 A
!start= 14 A
,__ ,__
~=AURA Product AMB-M ~E3CAOISCA1.E

CSBC BOOSTER UNIT CONTROL PANEL OBJECT =EQ /DOC /~Lct.nt.
W-MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila LngGBl?"P~1. 7667-76731SHEEl1 81~L=<: 38

AURAMARINE Ltd CHKO. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
HNo: 938 - 944 POWER DISTRIBUTION PROJECT I IA3-DRAWING f REV.
a .Jl <.> FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Sina le Line Diaqram - 406856 I
F Ml F'
1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A A
-AO
r -- - - · - · - · - · - · - · - -- · - - - - ·- -·- - ·-· - - - ·- - - - - - · - · - · - - - · - · - · - ·- · - - - · - --·- ·- · - · - · - - - · - · - · - 1
- I I -
I I
B I -T1 I B
I
I
~!
- -
-F1 ~k -F2 I
. I
c ...J ...J c
~ N
I
~ ~
I") I") I
- N
~
N
~ I -
I
D I I D
I I
- I
I
-l--
I
-
E
I I E
I I
- I
I -A7
·-· - -· -·T·- ----- T·- --- -A12
-- T- ,__ ·- ·- T-·
-A14 -A16
---·-· T- ,__ · - · - · l
I
I
-
I I
F I
I I I I I I
F
I I I I I I
- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
G I I I I I I I G
I I I I I I I
- L -·---·- . .l · - · - - - - - .l · - · - · - · - . .l
-<>-E3CAIJISCAl..E
- --·--- .l --- -·- .l - - --- . .l - - - · - · - - - · - · - - - - - - - · - - - - - · - .J
-
~-AURA =EO /DOC /~~-':.'!'.:
Product AMB-M OBJECT
CSBC BOOSTER UNIT CONTROL PANEL
W ":MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
HNo: 938 - 944 CONTROL VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION
lngGHl~!'f.'· 7667-76731 5HEET 191~L<TT'<O38
AURAMARINE ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila PROJECT I IA3-DRAWING I REV.
a -" <.> FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Sinqle Line Diaqram - 406856 I
I" Ml f
./
1L1 SOURCE
1~
.---1~L~3----I-.---------------------------------~ } 23/A7
AC 230V 1L -X1: 1 -X1 :2 -XO: 1L

,_;..;.;;-=--'-'-=------------------------~-- 22/81, 23/81, 24/81, 25/81
AC 230V 2L -X0:2L
--'""'--=-"---""'--------~--- 22/81, 23/81
8 8
'
I
I
L N N
I
L -Fl -F2
~E N '<!" <O
E
l()
c c
0 AC 24V 21 /0l 0
AC 24V Zl/Ol
x
E -H1 E
~I') l()
(WH)
-01~~~~
N
x
AC 230V NL
22/F1, 23/F1
SUPPLY AC 230V N -XO:N
F 22/F1, 23/F1, 24/Fl, 25/F1 F
G G
a Approval changes 21.10.2005 Ola
b Approval changes 26.10.2005 Ola e Change of alarm blocking 04.12.2006 OLa
I G)
I .., I rT1 I 0 I ()
I CD I )>
~~,,Ill r·-·~:r:.-·-·-·1
~
0
i 1111
~zzi:'h.
rT1 )> .....
11 I
I
I
j ~8~
~~~
~ f!J
I
~-1 -2 -
I
20/os
~ ;aC:
a. -:D I I ~<:. ~~ 20/os I-
I
~J> I I
CD <.11
II
ALARM
II II II
>o;;::-o x
I I I ~ I ~I ~ ~I
4~~1
-OI)>"'
:g;><; 0 8._ ~ ~ =E2A2K2 ~ ~ ~ ~ =E1A1K2 ~ ~
~ ~ rTl ~ 23· z --1L'.L I1 14 2 22 21 1 13 8 2 22 21 1 7 STDBY F.O. SUPPLY 1"'
40~- I o> /~I PUMP STARTED

II 11 11 11
I / I
I ~ I §I ~I §
43--1.iJ~ I I ~ ~ =E2A4K2 ~ ~ ~ ~ =E1A3K2 ~ ~
16 2 22 21 1 15 10 2 22 21 1 9
261 _ I ti)>/* 12
STDBY F.O. CIRC.
PUMP STARTED
42 25
~ / I 1·-f:>o1i-1:I ~
I I . I r-oJ "' . "'
45 271 x I x LTJ 3a 4 I 1 VI
44
~~I
281-
z
o>
--1L'.L .3
~r
I "' "'
2·31a;J3
• I •
I • · I
FILTER
I :r: o
--i I
'l
'
LAUTOFILTER .-801.4.J
CLOGGED .\
z (/)
0 CD I I
I
.. 0 I-
<D
I P011A ~
r-oJ "'
I
(.,.J
I
~
CXl 47 301
~1~' I 'f "' ·'
~~
I z --1L'.L ·4 4 1a ;J 3 BY-PASS
FILTER
<D
46---11 =-=i i o> /~I • :l.:- CLOGGED
:t / I 54 "' 53 ALARM BLOCKING ""
I I : "-" ""' • D.Q"'
49~ ij ~ ~
S- - 35 1 :=J.-... - "' z _1.....-1_ 5
~ o > /~ ·
26 26 4
I
3 I LOW
TEMPERATURE
I-
48-----1.±J =-.J
/ I
51 361 I -K14
~
() )> CD 50 ;~i~ U1 z
Ill () )> /
--1L'.L 6
~ I
14 / 131 I LOW LEVEL IN
MIXING TANK U1
::;· }: 0
() :;o 0 ~ / I
~. 53____±1 -A7Q1
..... __,
I
'=7 (./)
;:,...
(./) fTl - I
43 1 ~ z )> * 17 24 / 231 F.O. SUPPLY PORT
0 :;o
52~=-.J I o / j PUMP TRIPPED I-
~· c / .
.., z__, I
0
3
()
0
z I I II II Ol
__, II ~ II ,!!, ~ II
~ ~I ~
,,,. rT1
I I 0 -
:;o
0 55 44·
I
12 ~ ~ ~ ~
' ~ 12 ~ ~
I
~ ~
"'
-
r --W~1 ti> *~4 11712 2 11_,...,f:I4'111 CONTROL VOLTAGE
54~~i FAILURE
\J
)>
z 'l i .
I
> >
I I
>
1-
fTl
r s7 47
1
I I :!:
N
S
N
:::j
~
S
N
~
N
~~, ~ ti > :fE3- j9 24, 24, 2/ 1 23 23 HIGH
.., !>'I 56~~ Ill / . VISCOSITY 1-..i
~~·u §
0
I
. I / I :i> :i>
c 59 sol i I
I
fj
~
fj
~
:!:
."O
~ -s-2j~.
s8 51 =.-=i I
~
Ill
ti CD
'l . * 10 25 25 4 :.LI I LOW
VISCOSITY 1-
-...J
O>
---i....:: 1' - • -j I I
O>
-...J II
~ . I ~
..j::>.~~o
I rrt 2----1.ZJ .., > 8 I ~ 33 34 I ALARM BLOCKING
3 16' _,...._ > §5 ~ ~1 VALVF. V001 IN DO PQ<
Qt-...JI
(j) O<..,.J)> ~ - 3:: ~ I - • ' 1CXJ
()'.)~~~ ,!., i I I
U125S8
CTl""N
_,,
r6-----,gi
~
3-- ~ ~ ~4
s ~
.,_______, - CD 31:: O
.J
L ___ ~J
,, ~ I
~~ 1 I G) I .., I rT1 I 0 l () I CD I )>
-A12
LOW LEVEL
1 ·-·- -·- -·-·- -·- - - 1 uMrrswrr~~ VAf..VE V001 IN VAf..VE V001 IN
IN MIXING TANK . F.O. CIRC. PUMP OF VAf..VE V001 H.F.0. POSITION H.F.O. POSITION 0.0. POSITION
I RUNNING SIGNAf.. I 0.0. POSITION
-AOXO:l HEATER INTERLOCKING H.F.O. POSITION 0.0. POSITION
f>C 230V IL AOF1
20186
20/85 f>C 230V 2L AOF2 -AOX0:2L
B B
-x1- -Xlr'l
=E1A3X11'"l =E2A4X1r'l ,.,.,
"' -
I')
"' -
r') -x1-------~
~
0
!2
'it~ '1i' ~ 0
c 8 lCl
=E1A3X1~ =E2A4X1~ c
-XlN -Xl~
-X3~l
-----------------+----- --,
-----~ -x3ml
1-------
D D
N r'l
-A16X1- -A16X1-
-X3 00 ~
-A17
I ·1
----~~~--------
·-·-xi,.,,
--------~J
-=x1N r----
u 1
Vl I
a> 5 I
I 25/04 --- I o
E : -X1N
{-A17S2) o E
I - I x x z z
I I 0 0
i----~
I E E
L. -=Xl:: -K5 I -K5 < -K6 < I -H2 -H3 (()
0
(()
0
-K14 ·-·-·_J _J (WH) N (WH) N a. a.
-A16X1-
'------~
N
<(
I N
<(
x x d
..:
d
ci
20/F5 f>C 230V NL :i:: ;;!;;
;;!;;
F 20/F6 230V N -AOXO: c; F
f>C c; ~
~
13
P 21/C5 j !.±_
~.
11
I
25/F2 13Po1
~>
23 I 24
-_...r-- I
24 I 21 25/F3 I 23toa ~
>
33 1, 34 ~.
-_,r- I I 33~ 21/C8
j j 43 I 44
0 0 -_,..v- 4 3 t 06
G 53 G
~
U') U')
~ ~ 21/C4
2g
...: cO
N N
.."'"'
., ""
c
0
c
0 L._ - - - - - - - - - - ~
.<= .<=
(J (J
BOOSTER UNIT CONTROL PANEL OBJECT =E0-AOA12A17 DOC
ll
Q. Q. AlARMS, HEATER INTERLOCKINGS, VALVE V001, SIGNALS ~!9~;~· 7667-7~~~~:22 38
REV.
~~
FINLAND Circuit Dia ram 406856 I
i 2 3 4 5 6 7
A..--~~~~-a-pu_fs_~_NS-J~M~'--i-N~FU-g--_~5~~NS-~-~PTI-=_O_N-'--~~---'~~~-r-j-A_7~~~..:.._~-.~-_'--_~-.-R-U~N~Nl-N-~__s-~~.~R-U-~-N-IN-~~~.~.~-.~L.~-.~.___;_2_0_/A-.6~-.{..L_;_t:i_']-.-!~J=--.--,~~-L~-A
8
i
~ IC 230V 1L AOF1
4-20mA
-AOX0:1L
I 1L-3 . ., I{)
20186
§ IC 230V 2L AOF2 -AOX0:2L
~ 20/85
~ ~-$-- -
1i 2 B -Q1 B
i!
§ -X3:i . ., l
t :. ~ ~ . ., "'I
--------- -------~:,r---~--------"-- Ni- :;-.j-~<0-1
L__
~ C ~ Q1 l----------~
c
H -51 V-- "j ___ l ~

~~0 o I D
S. l -X1"' I
~
.
S -X3- - -
nN• ~
:
I
<Xl ,.... -X1-

N
~----
I .q-
---,I
I I
I I
I I
E
0001 Ra 1 SUPPLY 6...30\IDC
PULSE OUTPUT CURRENT OUTPUT l ! -X3- -x1nl -X110l
x E
FLOW MITER -02 : _____________

I
1
JcG~l ~ l-----}----~-----~~----~::
r<> r<> r<>
20/f5 IC 2"311-1 NL
F 20/f6 IC 2"311-1 N
-AOXO:N
-x3J -x1] -x1J F
0 U..Q..
z O:::!
-..Jr- ES zz ~Er
13j)i 06I
::i
c::
52~
'-'i=
9::5
23~ E6 ffi::>
1-U
:z c::
.s .s
0 0
33¥cs -(3
ci
8"'"' 8
G
43~ E7 u: G
"'"'
2...:. 2cQ 53~ E7 ci ci
:z :z f.O. SUPPLY PORT PUMP j
"'"' ~ .
:"'"'
c c
= L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -· - - - - - - ~
0 0
~ -£
11
tt
1 I 2 I 3 l 4 l 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A A
0::
I;;
:<: "-' ~ :<: :<: :<:I=!
~~ "'2
"':::> "'
:::> :z
:::>
2~ ii 8
- I-
M:, 2'MN 1L AOF1l -AOXO:ll

20/86
8 01_ 8
-S1 V-N
- -
c -x1-
-g
r · - · - . -, I -----·-·-·-·---·---·-·---·-· -, c
.q.·
c;I -x2- I I I
ID·
- a::I
w.~ <[B-
~10
-
p
I
i&jE--+
-
l'1
I
-A1 ·
I 01
I -
0
~_a_ 0 N I
i~
. I
~
D ~I I I D
<·L . -X2N
-·- . _J I;::. ---·-·-·-·-·---·-·-------·- . _J
-Xl"' p
N
- _J
·-·- ·--- -·- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - · --,
-x1.., - '--
I
-+1·-
I -. -X2"
-·-,
I :E1 I
E E
-A1 I a::·
I I ~I>~ I -
- §1 N j-P1 I lol -
z ·-------------·-·-·-·- - - - · - __J
~- -X2 00 N
<L. ___ _J
AC 2'MN N -AOXO:N -x1-+
F 20/F6 F
- -
G G
- ,___
. . =AURA Product AMB-M -<>-E3CA!JISCAl.E CSBC BOOSTER UNIT CONTROL PANEL OBJECT =EO-A 14 IDOC l~9_(fnt.
'=''So MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivilo 1..n9GBJ~".!'.!l'· 7667-767JJSHEET2 41~.~ 38
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivilo
HNo: 938 - 944 AUTO FILTER PROJECT # jA3-0RAW1NG I REV.
a .o " FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Circuit Diaqram - 406856 I

F Ml F
2
A.--~~~~~--'~~~-'-~~~-l...~~~~~~~-'-~~~..;_~~~L-~~----'~~~--'-~~~~~~~--'-~~~~~~~-'--~~~"--~~__,'--~A
3 4 5 6 7 8
VISCOSflY TRANSMITTER VISCOSllY CNTL V/>J..VE CLOSING TEMPERAlURE pt 100 VISCOMETER
=
4..20 mA 0..50 cSt CONTROUIR IF f.O. ORC. PUMP STOPPED CONTROUfR RESISTOR
CONTROUIR SEl.ICTION IF VISCO CNll BUT VISCO OFF
20/86 A\, 23<N 1L AOF1 -AOX0:1L IF 0.0. AND TEMP CN1l
-x1v
B
-A17
1·- - -·-·-·- - ·-·-·-·- - - -·- -·- - -·-·- - - I B
-x1v
_I') . I')
1·-·HicH- LOW
" I{) Ol Ol
·" .-lfl
LOW I
c -All
LNI')
\ \ \ \
- + .ALAR~ _ALAR'!_ OPEN- CLOSE - .
-A21
\ \ \
OPEN CLOSE ALARM
I
I 01 N-
c
---
-]~-w~
N v v - NI')
I
· -X2
-N ......
<..>
.........
......
<..>
.........
<XI <O 0 0
....,
<..>
......... -X2 I') v
j-s1
.
Y.---- ---,I
L __ <O " N N c::;
I{)
I
I
I
-·1 <..>Q_ u u I
-X2 ~a ~ (/)
I
<O " >1-- - > I{) 5 r<}f- l'-f-
I
-X3:21 -S2 Y.---
N
------ ---
v
---- --- 22/E3 I
I
D
I <O <XI
-Xl<Xl I
-N1 I
<O
J r
.;,;
...., :;;:
8016. -Kl
<O L,.., _J
E -X2 I') v Ill
E
-N2 ~
- I') N -x1.,,
I
-X2 N - v I') T007 I')- II
~ :-: ~ -:t: __ ...J
...., < ...., :--> -A12K5 v
8016.
F L. _J F
-AOXO:N
20/F6 AC 23<N N
.... z !.±. 11 22/03

~
c, ~ 1
~~o.~
0
24 I 21
s 0s
0
~
G G
~ ~
ci ci
W861 I
~ ~ I 1~ I
ll E
"'"'
c
~
c
"u "u
~
L -·- -·- J
ll
!l- !l-
a Approval changes 21.10.2005 Ola
b Approval changes 26.10.2005 OLA
c Change of cable marl<ings & cable glands 15.11.2005 OLA
0 () CJ) )>
"O
--, II
1 rri I · rri
2 E5 Io
3
2
E001 6 3
PE
PE
I :r: (")
:z: (/)
o.. en
_ _spare _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ --;--1---1
1
(")
c.o M25
UJ
00
L001
,....
:)
...,
(!)
VJ CD
co
""() 0
zr-
.... ""i f.Y
2?-1 ~r K-OC-180
~----I
f-=-+--1
33
34
~~~ ~
014
2
0 ""() VJ (L-MPYC-2) - - - - -
0 I --l
:)
:) --< fTI
:::0
JP611- ·0PE M25
(!) )>
c i.:i:.!11 ~1 3a 4 1 -X2
~
0
s;:::0 z ~~· 1a
8 I -3 3 I 2
W511 3x1,5 S
i------'-------;______, 1
:) s:: =i 2
0
VJ 0 L._ _J
a· 0
z
..., --l P011A PE
:::0
~ 30.....,_-~
0
0
3 I
1a I 3 K-OC-181 3
lJ 2 (L-MPYC-2) - - - - - 4
)>
z M25
fTI
I
"O
rri
2
2
3 3
W141 7x1,5
,___,__ 4__,t - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - l ~--+----l
I. ()rri
I 0
·-·-·-·-·-·_J
.0 () CJ) )>
o Approvol changes 21.10.2005 OLo h: Power supply - of Q001 changed 09.0&.2008 llKi
b Approval changes 26.10.2005 OLo r. C4lllil1g changed 02.09.2008 ARu
.,
c Chongo of cable mar1<ing• & cable glands 15.11.2005 Ola g: Aowmotor c:hcngod 26.05.2008 MKI
Cl I ..., l'Tl o I () CD )>
(/)n
:;;!. ~
-·-·-·
"U "U
fTl
·-·-·-·-· --, II
I · fTl
fTl
1 e;10
. ., ~•I 111 ~I
l"'l,
~I
1
-X2
~ ~ 111 2
z z :!:J> W142 7x1,5
Ol"'l>c I
~:II
a. -:D I
~J> I I
L._ - - -
7
8 N
9
K-OC-171 HIGH/LOW ALARMS FROM CONTROLLERS -> l--'l-"0--1---i
- (L-MPYC-19) - - - <= ALARM(S)." vooiPosrnONS- - - 1
M32 l-'-----1---i 1
2 2
3
4
5 VI
3
4
I :c o 5
Z:(./)
6
..
0 CD
(")
CD
(.,J
00
CD
~ -!'>
~ I
<- FUEL FLOW SIGNAL TO FLOW RATE INDICATING ~ 14
_ _J<-OC-17!_ _ _ _ _ 4-20_mA_= _Q_-5402_...!/~ _ _ _
I ILI 11
I I
15
12
"' <= FUEL FLOW SIGNAL TO TOTALIZER
11
13 1 - -
12
14
13
:i )> m 15 1-. I I I ICJ1
Cb s;:;::o 00
..., ~
0
0
3: (/)
(/) --i
-
:i - JT1
:i ;::o 1
(1)
o-c
(/)
1---1----::2,.-1 W701 1x4x0,5 ~~ ~
oz- z
!:': GJ 3
:i )> --i
gg 4 ~ I
0
r
(/) ()
0
~~
+ L. ·-·-·-
I Ol
Ci" z
CJ
..., --i
CJ
;::o
0
3 r CRT
.,...--
FllER
-u
)>
z I-
ClOOlD
Alf«lRIW.
JT1 'v1SC()gJY
r
-..J
(I)
18
19 -·-·-·_J
Cl ..., l'Tl 0 () CD )>

2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=EO
r~~ -·- -·-·-·-·- - - - - -r-A7- -·- - -·- - -·- -·-·-·- - -·-·-·- -·- - -·-·-·- - -·-·- -·1
I I
i I
~I IB
l!l 8
s
l '°'"'
f. I I IPE
i
~IC -•Nlt'Jlv c
~
~
Igo ""!.
...,x
...,
J ~
8;1 D
81 I I
] Vl
~I ""!. ""!.
;,;. "'- ::::> ...,x ...,x
~ ~I ..., ....
~ ~I "'~ "'~
~I
E
nl
a::.
~I I I E
~I I
~--E3 _lo;-
vi[._ J ,.._I_
~ 6N
r--J<Xl g;I~~
M007 SEE PAGE 36 ..... ~
~ d.L2.
"'IF ~I I F
~ PUMP D007
d:I I ·-El ·-E2
[. ___ J [. ___ J
.;
~I I
.
.., a.1 I
STARTER 1 STARTER 2
.
.li
~
36/F4
s s ~ ECC
0 0 3
on on <1!1G G
8 8 ..
"'"' .,.
:;!
"' "' E
~ &
c
~
c 0
zz lgs:z a...
0
::::> ~ ~
2 _g o r:r ~ """ I I
~ ~ 0 ~ - AURA ProductAMB-M ~E3CA!JISCALE CSBC BOOSTER UNIT CONTROL PANEL OBJECT lt;:~_'i_"•·
=EOJDOC I
~ ~ ~ . . ."$:.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila . LngGHl~~p~I- 7667-7673i5HEET281'<?L~381
t ! ~ AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila HNo. 938 - 944 F.O. SUPPLY PORT PUMP 0007 PROJECT' 1A3-DRAW1Nc' REV.
o ..a " FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2001 RTu/Tuominen - 1 Interconnection Diaqram - 406856 I
=EO
l~A12-·- - - - -·- - - -·- l
-A14
I
I
8 8
D D
en en
"l "l "l
x x x
"';:;:; "' '°
....
N
'° 3'
3' 3'
E -Nw -N w
w
a_ - N I'") .... E
a_ a_
PE PE
-x2_ N
-X2" OCl
I
!I
O· - <r;;i__
-
ml oot£:r I
~ a_O N
~- F I L -·-·- ____ _J F
=E1 -E2 FLUSH FLUSH VALVE
c. __ _c - ..J REQUEST
., STARTER 1 STARTER 2 PRESS. SWITCH
~
~ ECC
.3 .3 ~
0 0 g
"' ., "II G G
~ 0~
0 .sii.
: ; -s
"' "' E
: :I .!!
"'"'..,
#
c c "
~ ~ 01-'--=--,.-:=-------------..----.----...,....,.---==-----.-------------.-----------------~~------~~-~~.-L~
u u 'O AURA ProductAMB-M -<>-E3CA[)SO<.E CSBC BOOSTER UNIT CONTROL PANEL OBJECT =EO ooc
~ ~ 8. "&''S.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi Kivila LngGB·"P~· 7667-7673 5 HEET29
jj ~l---"~-A-U=RA~M~A=R~IN=E~Lt~d~~....C-H_K_D____,__1_9_-0-2-.2-0-07_.._M_K~i-K-iv-ila-·----<HNo: 938 - 944 AUTOMATIC FILTER PROJECT I AJ-DRAWING
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu Tuominen - Interconnection Dia ram 406856

o Approval chongos 21.10.2005 OL.o
b Approval changes 26.10.2005 OL.o
c Change of coble markings & coble glands 15.11.2005 OL.o f: Control vot.e chongod 20.02.2007 MKI
Cl 'Tl 0 (") OJ >
I f'T1
. (')
(')
VISCOSITY
CONTROU£R
5
6
7 N
I ::r:
:z
0
(f) V086 -l
..0 co
~id2 :~i,;:
{)
I
I
<D
VJ
OJ ~I
~I ~ c=::.__=~I
Ol .
W86 4x1,5 S
r I ( '£?:. Pi 11 3 1--------r__,i---;--~
~. 0
~I. c=::.__=i'll 1 N 1
L.-
K-OC-172 <= POWER FOR CONTROLLERS 2

9
3
VISC - - (L-M-7)- - - CONTROLSiGNALSOFHEATERS => -
4
12 11 M25 HEATER INTERLOCKING =>
PE
TEMP
A16A3
Vil.
("),
k ;i;i
1 1 8
~I 3
W16 3x1,5 S
2 i----------t--=:--t--""1 9
~· 2 PE
::ol
I
0
0 I Ol
z
..., -I
Cl ::0
0
L
3 r
-0
)> T007 1
z
[Tl 3 2 W707 1x4x0,5
r 2 3
1R
18
K-OC-175 <= TEMPERATURE SIGNAL TO CONTROLLER 2R
- {L-TIYC-4Sl -
M25
<= ViscosllY SIGNAL TO CONTROLLER- - 3R
38
00
spore <= VISCOSllY 4-20mA = 0-50 cSt 2

- - M2S - - <= TEMPERATURE 4-20mA-; 0-200 :C- - 3
4
·-·-·-·...J
(")
>
1 I 2 I .3 I 4 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A
A
- 110 190 270 NOTICE:

L-

WIDTH 380 CD
L!QHIJ rnBD 2) COLOR OF THE PHASES: L1 RED, L2 WHITE, L3 BLUE
HEIGHT 380 170x30
B DEPTH 210 TO BE MARKED TO WIRES & CABLES B
IP 65
® ® 0 ...
0
WEIGHT APPROX. 19 kg ~
0
I')
0 " :.:: :.:: :.:: 0"'x
~Nl'l i= "'
N <D 0 =
~ =
<D <D <D
~ <( <( <( ~ ~
- 0
I') ~
<( <(
Q)
L-
"'"'
o~ ® 334x30
c N c
lBlif [!][!]ix 1~:-

0
N
- N
l'l N \.)()
-
~a 334x30
~
0
"'
D D
3xM20
FOR SITE CABLES:

2xM25 + 2xM32
- - -
E E
LIST OF LABELS M20 = ~ 5,5-12 mm
id pcs text M25 = ~ 11-18 mm
_J__ J_ F.O. BOOSTER UNIT M32 = ~ 17-25 mm
- AOQ1 1
STARTER 3
MAIN SWITCH
-
A6S1 J_ G/E D.0. t:lUU::ilt.K
PUMP D006
-H1 1 RUNNING
F -H2 1 TRIPPED F
AOH1 1 SOURCE
- -
G G
AC 440V 60Hz
r-- I--
~-AURA Product AMB-M 1-0-SCADISCll..E CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 3 OBJECT =E3 1ooc )~9_<,:nt.
"iif"S. MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila

-
iJ19G RI i!.".!'.P.1. 7667-76731SHEET 311\1!'.~ 38
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila HNo: 938 - 944 PROJECT I IA3-DRAWING I REV.
" .a u FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - f Assembly Drawinq - 406856 l

F
"' F
A
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A
EMERGENCY
1
SUPPLY
,__ >--
SIZE RECOMMENDATION k
FOR PROTEC!l<G ...
10CE
A
B B
-AO
- - - - ·- --·-· - -·1
I
~
-01 ~-->; -
I -T1 I
c
I
I
-?-ID I
I
c
I I
-1 I -
I I
D I I D
· -A6
r- -· -· - -
T
·-·-·-·-·-
I
- I I - ,__
-01 rr
I
I
(
I I
I
E
I l I I E
f l I I
I I
- -
-02 I I
L ·-·-· ----·- J_ · - - - · - · - · - _J
F F
- M006 M
-
3'V
G D.O. BOOSTER PUMP 0006 G

P= 1,3 kW
In= 2,8 A
lstart= 14 A
~
-
lf,,l-AURA Product AMB-M k>E3CADISCALE CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 3 OBJECT =E3JDOC l~ll_<i_n_t,
W'S.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila lngGBl~upp1. 7667-7673JSHEET321~t.~ 38

AURAMARINE ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
HNo: 938 - 944 POWER DISTRIBUTION PROJECT f JA3-DRAWING f REV.
0 ... u FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Sina le Line Oiaqram - 406856 I
I' Ml F
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
A A
...... ......
-AO
'_,,e-
B ·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-· B
l
I
-
I -
I
-Fl~ k -F2 ~k
c I c
_J
~ N
_J
I
- >
0
N
>
0
I")
N
I")
I -
<J <J
I
<( <(
D I D
-A6
t-·- - · - · - · - · ---·
T · - · - · - · - - - - - · - . -1
- I I I - -
I I I
I I I
E E
I I I
I I I
-1 I -
I
L - · - - · - · - · - · - · J_ · - · - - - - - · - · - · - J
F F
- -
G G
...... ......
·-AURA Product AMB-M ~E3CAIJISCA1..E CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 3 OBJECT =[3 IDOC l~L'i.".I:
'&''ii.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivili:i LngGBl~J'.!'.P.1 • 7667-767JISHEET 331~L<TI"<: 38
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivili:i
HNo: 938 - 944 CONTROL VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION PROJECT I IAJ-ORAWlNG I REV.
" .0 "
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Sinqle Line Diaqram - 406856 I
"I'
F
"'
1~
r-~~L~--+-.-------------------------------~ } 35/AB
1 3
-
AC 2'JOI/ 1L -X1:1 -X1:2
.-:-:=--==--:..:;__------------------------..------ 35/81
~I') in ,...;Ac.::C:...;2:=3:.::.CN:......=:2L,__~--------- 35/81
B
-0311-11 B
- Lffi
L c: I
N
-F1. -F2
N
c c
~
-T1
-
~ _ ] ~~rl_111.---~
D D
- --
E -H1 C>¢ E
(WH) N
x
-K1
-
EMERGENCY '-'ACc.:::...;2:=3.::.:CN:.....:..::NL,___,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 35/F1

F SUPPLY F
!.±. 11 E6
IYi
2421 I
-
~
G G
~ AURA ProductAMB-M -@-E3CA!JISCALE CSBC BOOSTER UNIT STARTER 3 OBJECT =E3-AOl 0DC l~L'i_"_t,
~'Vii -MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila LngGBl?',".P.R'· 7667-7673!5HEEr341\!t.CTT'C 38
1-"=--A--u""'RA=-M-'AR=-=IN=E~L'""""td=-=-=-+c-H_K_D_.-+-1-9-.0-2-.2"'0..:..07-+-M-K....
i/~K-iv-ila'-·---1HNo:
938 - 944 SUPPLY PROJECT 1 IA3-DRAW1NG 1 Re:v.
a A u~_ _ _F_IN_LA_N_O_ _ __....A_P_PV_0_.~2_0_.0_2_.2:..;;.o~OF7..+-R_Tu~i/T--'-uo'-m_i_n..:..en__,_-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _rn't-----,..+-C_ir_c_u_i_t_O_ia_1g~r_a_m

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __,___-_ _ _ _ _ _4~0~6..:....;:8~5~6=---......:..il
Ml F
MAIN POWER E/G RUN MOO VAf.VE MOO TO CONTROL REM01£ REM01£ RUNNING RUNNING TRIPPED
RECOVERY SIGN& SIGN& DELAY G/E VAf.VE OF MOO STOP START
(MAIN POWER ON = OPEN) (RUN=OPEN) (-Kl + -K3) (BLACK OUT) PUMP 006 REM01£
>t, 23fN 1L AOF1 ____ -AOX0:1L ON
34/06 ~_,::;::..:.....;.::....i.:.;::::....:.. ~-----------~------
34/85 ~~=-==i=-=-~a::....i.:.;AO~~=---AO~X~O:_a+-------+------+-------+--------------,----,----,-------.
B B
-X21"l
co
~~I
CXl
NN
!")
'.)<'. '.)<'.
I I{) I I{) !")
c N v c
-X2v
r--~
I
I
v
v
lI -X1oN
I
I
I
I
0 I 0
I
I
co
NN 001 co CXl
I
N N I
'.)<'. :>:: '.)<'. I
I I{) I I I
N
1- ---- -------L-------- ------
1 v v
-X11"l IN
I -X11"l
E ~~N ~~N ~~N I N E
>- x x
-K1<( N -K2< >- N -K3< >- N
V117 ~-
(1min)
<-> ~
(181)
(3min) ~
<->
(2min) ~
N -Q2 < _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ...J
-H1
(GN)
-H2
(RD)N
N
N x x
<(
F
~ 15 05 ~ 15 05 ~ 15 C4
~ ~ ~
~C3 ~04
j
0
j
0
~
G Function •1 • -s· G
..,. ~
Function
"'"'
~ ~
~ ~
.,
Y1 Z2
...: cO 15 18
....
"'"'
., .,
"'"'
c c
25 2ll
26
G/E 0.0. BOOSTER
0
.<:
0
.<:
PUMP 0006
u u
0 0
ee
~~
=E3
r~~ - - - - -·-·- - - - -·- -·-1~As- -·- -·- - - -·-·- - -·-·- - - -·- -·- --- - -·-·-·- - l
I I
8 8
PE
c c
~I
<fl ~I
,,.,! "'-x ~I
&1 ,...,x ...,
,..., ..... ~I
D ~I ~ ~I
D
w
I ~I
I cN w ~I
I a.
gl
I ::::i;I
I I
E E
~la;- ~11 MOOS
111
a.. ::::i;,...,
N
d.I~ ~ ~I
~11 ::::i; ~1:;; ::::i; lil-1
MOO d_ d G/E 0.0. BOOSTER
·=EO VM..VE I Q..r=·· I PUMP 0006
[ - J I
CONTROL PANEL I
I F
ECR
10A ~
MAIN POWER E/G RUN
PROTECTING ON SIGNAL SIGNAL G
DEVICE
A
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8
TO BE INSTAU.£0 IN ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
...-- LIST OF LABELS 110<>---j

~ c::mm ~ t-45-1 -100--j
D! D
id pcs text rnm:J
I~ ~
B
A17S2 1 CONTROLLER SELECTION
- -
Al/Al 1
VISC TEMP
VISCOSl1Y
lfP!!I 33[[=:J
B
- - CONTROLLER
A17A2 1 TEMPERATURE
- - CONTROLLER
_L_~
3.2
...-- Alli-1 1 FUEL CONSUMPTION -n-
-(EJ24.1
¢22.3 0=t___J
c c
FRONT VIEW BACKSIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW OF PANEL

...--
SHEET STEEL
~-----360
. - - - - - - - 350
r----38--3-B- 340 I
I 304
I I
285 200
'
80
¢5
D SCANTLING 3mm I I I r-115- ¢5 163 D

COLOR MUNSELL 7.5 BG 7/2 r----
I~~ r=L::iI I
...--
LABELS FASTENED
ONLY WITH STICKERS
NO POP-RIVETS
: ®®® ®®®
I
I
I
Cfilill i:::bID] LJ2HD
1-
1 "'
I /il
000 000
CABLE CONDUIT 290x30 I
I
I
1'-
1 "'
: g
co --
E
I
[1[] [1[] Q9 l-;
I ~ I
0 0 0
I
I
1,-
: l!3 E
...,0co ...,"'0 ~ riot ~ ~ [B!lE!!i] I"
i"I CABlE CONDUIT 290x30
I
I
"'
id PCS
LIST OF LABELS
text . ., I ®®® ®®® ®® i "i 100000000 1,_
I
1 1 BOOSTER UNIT "' ~ cmIJ ~I :I CABlE CONDUIT 290x30 I: ~
- - REMOTE CONTROL PANEL I,.- ---- ---,1
A1S1 1 SUPPLY PUMP 0001
- RUN 0 STDBY
" [W] [1[] @@! '-;
I co _,,,_..--~_o---------~-ft~---
!IL-Lt-o
_ __ 0 j-;
F A2S1 1 SUPPLY PUMP 0002 F
L ...J
- RUN 0 STDBY ~ ,_
A3S 1 1 CIRCUlATING PUMP 0003
- RUN 0 STDBY 1 1
,___a:;.:o-..,---=2"'-'oo:..-.,--=2a:;.:5'--+-.~.04
WEl.DED 6 111111 SCREW SIR
_ A4S 1 1 CIRCUlATING PUMP D004 Oft 6 111111 CCOOUlSIJll( SCREW
- RUN 0 STDBY lINGHT 100 111111
A6S1 -~; 1 D.0. BOOST£R PUMP 0006 FOR TERMINAL BIR
- START STOP
-H1-H3 5 RUNNING STDBY REMOTE
G A6H1 -H 5 RUNNING REMOTE G
A7H1 1 SUPPLY PORT PUMP 0007
81111111 TERMINALS
-
-
,j
-
1
RUNNING
WARNING
I
AUTOMATICALLY AFTER POWER FAILURE
~
0
(J
~
~ = AURA
. .W'S.MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila
ProductAMB-M -@-E3CADISCAI.£ CSBC BOOSTER UNIT REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
Ln9G8li>..".!'.P.1• 7667-76731SHEET 3 /l~I:.~ 38
OBJECT =E4 DOC l".~_'i_nt.
! i----~-A~U--RA~M~AR~IN~E~lt~d~~+C-H_K_D_.-+-19-.-0.,,...2.-2-00-7-+-M-Ki....,i/,--IK-ivi-la-·-----i HNo: 938 - 944 - PROJECT 1 ~-DRAWING f REV.
o ~ u~_ _ _F_IN_LA_N_D_ _ _~A_P_PV_D_.~2_0._0_2._2_0~0.7.+--R_Tu~1/T_uo_m_i_ne_n__._-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _m1t-----i.+--A_ss_e_m_b~ly~O_r_a_w_in~g--------~----_ _ _ _4_0_6_8_5_6 ______,I

M1 •
A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A
=E4
r. ~A1 .- - .- - .- r=A3- - .- .- I
.
-A2· - -·-·r:·---·-·-·-r-·-·-
. -A4 . -A6
--T~~·-·1·-A7·-·-·-·- - -·-·-·-·-·-·1
I I I I I I I
i
~ B B
~ I I
J ifu:gl
x
jl-Nl'll~
.
f PE
c w c
IIIIIIII,
a. I -INll'll vl<Ol<Olt-- rolcnl~l::l~l~l!I ~l-INll'llvl<0l<0!t--I ""1°'1~1::1~1~1!
·I I I I I I I t--l(X)
D D
c-..l0>
...... - -
c-..l0>
...... ~I~
E 110
a.. >- <;"10
a.. >- a..II~I E
e:1I a..::::E El~ ~I~
I --'
I I
a..12. a..1--=. a..1~
0
- Nll'llvl<Ol<Olt-- -
0
Nll'llvl<Ol<Olt-- -
0
Nll'llvl<Ol<O
PE PE PE
F F
11
11
~l'°l'°l,.....1~1~1~1~l~IC;j
~ . LJ LJ
~ I
·=E1
11
. ·=E2
I
·=E3
~ C.._ - -·-·-·-·- - __ _JC: - -·- - - - - - __J c -STARTER
- 3-·- - - ~
~ STARTER 1 STARTER 2
G G
l"
~
~
~
0
()
~
# '&"S.MARINE
AURA ProductAMB-M -
MADE
~E3CA!JTSCILE
19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila I
CSBC
44
BOOSTER UNIT REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
38
..
E
a:
AURAMARINE Ltd CHKD. 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila 1HNo: 938 - 9 SIGNALS
FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen I- Interconnection Oiaaram
f M I'"
ITEM QTY PART NO DESCRIPTION TYPE MAKE SETTING RATED
RANGE CURRENT
STARTER 1 1 AF00509 Compact enclosure AE 1039.500 Rittal
1 AF00534 Door stay for the AE range sz 2519.000 Rittal
0,04 AF00558 Adhesive backed foam tape VCl-170 6,1mx(51x6,3mm) Cortec
AOQ1 1 AF00732 Switch disconnecter OT 45 E3 ABB
AOQ1 1 AF00740 Handle OHY2AJ ABB
AOQ1 1 AF00735 Shaft OXS5x160 ABB
AOQ3 1 AF00940 Manual Motor Starter MS116-0.4 ABB 0.25- 0,40
AOT1 1 AF00632 Transformer PE 250 VA 380 - 440/230, 11 OV Trafomic
AOH1 1 AF00880 Indicating light CL-523W 230V ABB
AOF1,AOF2 2 AF00894 Miniature circuit-breaker S201-C1 ABB 1
AOK1 1 AF00428 Miniature relay 40.52.8.230 V AC Finder
AOK1 1 AF00429 Screw terminal socket 95,75 Finder
AOK2 1 AF01140 Time relay CT-MBS.22 ABB
A1Q1,A3Q1 2 AF00949 Auxiliary switch HKF1-11 ABB 1.5
A1Q1,A3Q1 2 AF00950 Auxiliary switch HK1-20 ABB 4
A1Q1 1 AF00946 Manual Motor Starter MS116-6.3 ABB 4,0 -6,3
A3Q1 1 AF00948 Manual Motor Starter MS116-16.0 ABB 10 -16
A1Q2 1 AF01112 Contactor A9-30-10-80 230 V AC ABB
A3Q2 1 AF01116 Contactor A 16-30-10-80 230 V AC ABB
A1Q2,A3Q2 8 AF01129 Auxiliary contact CA5-10 ABB
A1K1 1 AF01140 Time relay ---~-- -
CT-MBS.22
. ·----~·- ----~---
ABB
A1S1,A3S1 2 AF01158 Rotary Cam Switch ON6PBS14285 ABB
A1K2,A3K2 2 AF01060 Control Relay N22E-80 230 V AC ABB
A1K3,A3K3 2 AF00428 Miniature relay 40.52.8.230 V AC Finder
A1K3,A3K3 2 AF00429 Screw terminal socket 95,75 Finder
A1H1,A3H1 2 AF00883 Indicating light CL-523G 230V ABB
A1H2,A3H2 2 AF00882 Indicating light CL-523R 230V ABB
STARTER2 1 AF00509 Compact enclosure AE 1039.500 Rittal
0,04 AF00558 Adhesive backed foam tape VCl-1706,1mx(51x6,3mm) Cortec
AOQ1 1 AF00732 Switch disconnecter OT 45 E3 ABB
AOQ1 1 AF00740 Handle OHY 2AJ ABB
AOQ3 1 AF00940 Manual Motor Starter MS116-0.4 ABB 0.25-0,40
AOT1 1 AF00632 Transformer PE 250 VA 380 - 440/230' 11 av Trafomic
AOK2 1 AF01140 Time relay CT-MBS.22 ABB
A2Q1,A4Q1 2 AF00949 Auxiliary switch HKF1-11 ABB 1.5
Auramarine Ltd EL. PART LIST Product id: 7667-7673

Finland Product: AMB-M Document id: PL406856H
Made: 30.5.2008 ARu/Rusanen Sheet 1 of 3
Chkd: 30.5.2008 MKi/Kivila
Appvd: 30.5.2008 RTu/Tuominen
RANGE CURRENT
A2Q1,A4Q1 2 AF00950 Auxiliary switch HK1-20 ABB 4
A2Q1 1 AF00946 Manual Motor Starter MS116-6.3 ABB 4,0-6,3
A4Q1 1 AF00948 Manual Motor Starter MS116-16.0 ABB 10 -16
A2Q2,A4Q2 8 AF01129 Auxiliary contact CA5-10 ABB
A4K1 1 AF01140 Time relay CT-MBS.22 ABB
A2S1,A4S1 2 AF01158 Rotary Cam Switch ON6PBS14285 ABB
A2K2,A4K2 2 AF01060 Control Relay N22E-80 230 V AC ABB
A2H1,A4H1 2 AF00883 Indicating light CL-523G 230V ABB
A2H2,A4H2 2 AF00882 Indicating light CL-523R 230V ABB
CONTROL PANEL 1 AF00511 Compact enclosure AE 1060.500 Rittal
0,07 AF00558 Adhesive backed foam tape VCl-1706,1mx(51x6,3mm) Cartee
1 AF00537 Wiring plan pocket sz 2515.000 Rittal
AOQ1 1 AF00732 Switch disconnector OT 45 E3 ABB
AOQ1 1 AF00743 Auxiliary contact OA 1G01 ABB
AOQ3 1 AF00942 Manual Motor Starter MS116-1.0 ABB 0,63 -1,00
AOF1,AOF2 2 AF00895 Miniature circuit-breaker S201-C1.6 ABB 1.6
AOT4 1 AF00644 1-Phase power supply TC 115+115/24AC,24DC, 0,35/0,096A Trafomic
AOA1 1 AF00005 Alarm display unit LLC-10, 24 V AC/DC IMSAB lngenjorsfirman M Sjobris AB
AOA1 1 AF00007 Relay circuit board LLC RF IMSAB lngenjorsfirman M Sjobris AB
AOK5,-6,-14 3 AF01058 Control Relay N40E-80 230 V AC ABB
AOK6 1 AF01129 Auxiliary contact CA5-10 ABB
AOH1-AOH3 3 AF00880 lndicatinc:i lic:iht CL-523W 230V ABB
A7Q1 1 AF00945 Manual Motor Starter MS116-4 ABB 2,5-4,0
A7Q1 1 AF00949 Auxiliary switch HKF1-11 ABB 1.5
A7Q1 1 AF00950 Auxiliary switch HK1-20 ABB 4
A7Q2 2 AF01129 Auxiliary contact CA5-10 ABB
A7H1 1 AF00883 Indicating light CL-523G 230V ABB
A7S1 1 AF01142 Rotary Cam Switch ONA02PB ABB
A14S1 ,A16S1 2 AF01142 Rotary Cam Switch ONA02PB ABB
A14S2 1 AF01163 Push-button MP1-10W ABB
A14S2 1 AF01189 1NO contact MCB-10 ABB
A14S2 1 AF01193 Contact holder for 3 contacts MCBH-00 ABB
Auramarine Ltd EL PART LIST Product id: 7667-7673

RANGE CURRENT
A14P1 1 AF00597 Self-powered total counter H7EC-NFV-B, 24-230 V AC/DC Omron Electronics
A14A1 1 AF00689 Logic module LOGO! 230 RC + display 6ED1052-1 FBOO-OBA5 Siemens
LOOSE A17A1 1 AF00679 Digital controller E5EK-PRR2-500 AC100-240 (4-20 mA) Omron Electronics
LOOSE A17A2 1 AF00681 Digital controller E5EK-PRR2-500 AC100-240 (PT-100 fee Omron Electronics
LOOSE TOTALIZER 1 AF00600 Miniature elect. 8-dig. dual counte CUB5B, 9-28 V DC Red Lion Controls
LOOSE A17S2 1 AF01156 Rotary Cam Switch ONWS4PB ABB
A16N1-N2 2 AF00604 Loopisolator isolation amplifier 82 33114 Bourdon-Haenni
STARTER 3 1 AF00506 Compact enclosure AE 1380.500 Rittal
0,03 AF00558 Adhesive backed foam tape VCl-170 6,1mx(51x6,3mm) Cortec
AOQ1 1 AF00732 Switch disconnector OT45 E3 ABB
AOQ3 1 AF00940 Manual Motor Starter MS116-0.4 ABB 0.25- 0,40
A6Q1 1 AF00949 Auxiliary switch HKF1-11 ABB 1.5
A6Q1 1 AF00950 Auxiliary switch HK1-20 ABB 4
A6Q1 1 AF00945 Manual Motor Starter MS116-4 ABB 2,5-4,0
A6Q2 3 AF01129 Auxiliary contact CA5-10 ABB
A6K1-K3 3 AF01140 Time relay CT-MBS.22 ABB
A6S1 1 AF01158 Rotary Cam Switch ON6PBS14285 ABB
A6H1 1 AF00883 Indicating light CL-523G 230V ABB
A6H2 1 AF00882 lndicatina light CL-523R 230V ABB
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
A1S1-A4S1 4 AF01149 Rotary Cam Switch ONU2PB ABB
A6S1 1 AF01166 Push-button MP1-10G ABB
A6S1 1 AF01189 1NO contact MCB-10 ABB
A6S2 1 AF01165 Push-button MP1-10R ABB
A6S2 1 AF01190 1NC contact MCB-01 ABB
H 15 AF00880 lndicatinc:i lic:iht CL-523W 230V ABB
Auramarine Ltd EL. PART LIST Product id: 7667-7673

4
, I
' ;, '
SECTION 4
4 Factory certificate
-. c: - ' A:"_;;_.
= ~>~
~
~ / ,,,,,,
., , ,. =-::
:;
...:=:
:::; ./. "'·
z i~ =
':/
ff;
::
-~
-.
t...1
::
-. ::
/ -
:·.
'fc
'!:- -:- '::; :::: ~
~
.,...., ..... c:.. l"'")
• . ,,.: ~ :;:, :_r;
?:
./~ ?·::;
/_
< r:
r: :.r >
•/.
; -~
'J• f
-.
'JI 7:.
,.-....,
,~-·
·-· .....;
:,..\
1·
! _, ;:
'
·.1,
,·. :4".
,, -·
'" - ..
-~:
'.Ji
c
·:: ;n < ~·
:!_,,;: ---
£.
~~: ,,....., -<
~~~
;j
f-.i
1..---: (~
/~ ;;;;:;
~ r: ;;,. 'f: /
1 :;
,,,..
J -
"'r_
../ / ..
J
I , ·'
"/. ,-. '.f
/ :.
/
•11
I
\LlnllL~,·f!iJ'!flt! 1~1, ,...ht~
ll11i :w: I -.:Ht 11\11 il.""!.);
l".pv: \\Ii.I \1 2•• ,,
I !.!<I '\'\l\'C LICH r~

FL '\CTIO'\ .... r I ·r 1'\L
IC\'\(,!.
" !. I
1'0!'\ I
'
I::!. Ol <TPI T SIC°".\1.
\ :1
J\,,.\ l..\ 1n1.1.., TO ( O:\TIU~00\1

J.:LOTHER .-\1 ...\l~\IS
15.CO.'\Tl~ l; I rY OF PROTLCTI VE Uk
!H)i\ DI :'>iC CJRCLIT
16.1\'Sl !..\TIO:\ RF.SIST.\\C F TLST I ()(10\'
l 7.\'0L L\(; I·: ·n.:-11 ((;
18 ..\IO'TOR 1.14 EL.HL.\ ITR

<TRRL\ IS
110 .\iOT r.xcu:1> 'OlnL\L
\'ALl ES
( alihrated 1·1.'sti11g eq11ipnwnh:

multi 11w11.;:· no. P.:.>: u:.+'l
\\ illll"SSl'd "~ .:lassifit:~lliOll "(H'll'I\':
: \'
J:
5
SECTION 5
5 Viscometer certificate
~ VAF INSmUMEN1S VAF INSTRUMENTS B.V.
Vierlinghstraat 24.
3316 EL Dordrecht.
. ~iJffl(li.tllt<"~
The Netherlands.
- - l"'~~illfit\I~-------------
Tel: +31786183100.
Fax: +31786177068.
sales@vaf.nl
ITEST AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATE VISCOSENSE®2. www.vaf.nl
Customer AURAMARINE LTD.

Country FINLAND
V AF-order number 100018512 Hull number

Cust. tag nr.
Remarks.
Classification by N.A.
Viscosense General Data

Pendulum Serial No. 72286 Version. 2,05
InterFace Box Serial No. 1481883 Range. 50 cSt
PCB-main Serial No. 490085 Voltage Settings. 115/230 v
Powersupply Serial No. 441146 Mod status. 02
Controller Serial No.
Housing Material. GGG40
Connection type DN 65 DIN PN 40
Heat No. 01/08 Filter Type
Working Pressure. 40 Bar Heat No. Body
Test Pressure (@20°C) 60 Bar Heat No. Cover
Control Valve Type. Working Pressure. Bar
Serial No. Test Pressure. Bar
Connection Type. Action.
Heat No.
Additions
Calibration Check
Calibration Medium THERM160
Viscosity reading : 6,8 mPa.s Viscosity reading : 3,9 mPa.s
Viscosity actual 6,6 mPa.s Viscosity actual 3,8 mPa.s
Temperature 129,5 oc Temperature 177,2 oc
Calculation Constants
Viscosity Temperature Density Phase Settings
AO: 0,17TT Pt_ a: 0,00020 Rho 15: 0,980 CO: 0,987 Kphase : 1,070
Al: 0,01560 Pt b: 38,51 Tc 0,00062 Cl: 0 Ph Offset: -4
A2: 0,002321 Pt c: -0,48 C2: 0
System Operational Settings Filter Constants Calibration Constants
Phase delay 1000 msec. Alpha: 0,3 Alpha I 0,2 T _lower : 186,84
Usend delay 2500 msec. AFW: 0,1 temp coef: -1,00 T_upper: 232,76
Pulse count 2000 pulses MaxN: 8 hb norm : 2,00 a fact 0,0015
afwT : 5 b fact -0,026
We certify that the instrument covered by this certificate complies with the VAF Instruments B. V manufacturing st dards
and has been inspected and tested in accordance with the standard procedures of VAF Instruments B. V.
Dordrecht. 24-6-2008 J. IJBEN
V AF INSTRUMENTS B.V.
Form Q-004
6
SECTION 6
6 Instruction manual
INSTRUCTION MANUAL 1(172)
Document Id: IM6517C
INSTRUCTION MANUAL OF BOOSTER AND FEEDER UNITS
1 STORAGE, HANDLING AND INSTALLATION ..............................................................5

1.1 Storage ...................................................................................................................5
1.2 Handling .................................................................................................................5
1.3 Installation ...............................................................................................................5
2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................?
3 WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS ...............................................................................7
4 START-UP .....................................................................................................................8
5 SHUTDOWN ................................................................................................................10
6 TROUBLE SHOOTING ................................................................................................ 11
7 MAIN SWITCH .............................................................................................................12
8 COUNTER TYPE H7E ................................................................................................. 13
9 ELECTRONIC TIMER, CT-S RANGE, TYPE 1SVR6300 ............................................ 15
9.1 Operating controls ................................................................................................ 15
9.2 Electrical diagram ................................................................................................. 16
9.3 Function diagrams ................................................................................................ 17
9.4 Factory settings by Auramarine Ltd ...................................................................... 19
10 ALARM PANEL ........................................................................................................20
10.1 Alarm panel for units with LRS classification ........................................................ 21
11 VISCOSITY AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS E5EK ................................... 22
11.1 Operation .............................................................................................................25
11.2 Access to parameters ............................................................................................26
11.3 Parameter settings of the viscosity controller A 16A 1 ........................................... 27
11.4 Parameter settings of the temperature controller A 16A2 ...................................... 30
12 PRESSURE SWITCH MBC 5000, 5100 .................................................................. 33
13 LEVEL SWITCH FTL 260 ........................................................................................34
13.1 Instructions ...........................................................................................................35
14 BALL VALVES, TYPES N2, N8 AND N9 ................................................................. 36
14.1 Operation .............................................................................................................36
14.1.1 Manual operation ..........................................................................................36
14.1.2 Automated operation .....................................................................................36
14.2 Maintenance .........................................................................................................36
14.2.1 Steam leakage ..............................................................................................37
14.2.2 Body seals leakage .......................................................................................37
14.2.3 In line or seats leakage .................................................................................37
14.3 Valve disassembly to inspect and/or replace body seals, seats, packing and ball37
14.4 Inspection and replacement .................................................................................38
14.5 Re-assembly ........................................................................................................38
14.5.1 Steam re-assembly .......................................................................................38
14.5.2 Ball, seats and seals re-assembly, types N8 and N9 .................................... 38
14.5.3 Ball, seats and seals re-assembly, type N2 .................................................. 39
14.6 Testing .................................................................................................................39
14.7 Automated ball valves ..........................................................................................39
14.8 Tightness values for handle nut 2A-2B and body bolts 16, types N8 and N9 ...... .40
14.9 Tightness values for handle nut 2A-2B and body bolts 16, type N2 .................... .40
14 .10 Storage .............................................................................................................40
14.11 Spare parts .......................................................................................................41
15 PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE SPVF ..................................................................... .42
15.1 Description of operation ...................................................................................... .43
15.2 Constructions and spares .................................................................................... .43
AURAMARINE LTD P.0.BOX 849 Tel + 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
15.3 Adjustment ...........................................................................................................44

15.4 Venting .................................................................................................................44
16 AUTOMATIC VENT VALVE, G8070, F8071 ........................................................... .45
17 CONTROL VALVE, TYPES BR440-446 ................................................................. .46
17 .1 Maintenance .........................................................................................................46
17.1.1 Packings with PTFE V-ring unit.. .................................................................. .47
17 .1 .2 Stuffing box packings ................................................................................... .48
17 .1 .3 Bellow Seal ...................................................................................................49
17.1.4 Replacing the Plug, Spindle and Seating ...................................................... 50
17.2 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................52
18 THRUST ACTUATOR, TYPE PREMIO ...................................................................53
18.1 Manual operation ..................................................................................................54
18.1.1 2.2 - 5 Kn ......................................................................................................54
18.1.2 12-15Kn .....................................................................................................55
18.2 Settings ................................................................................................................56
18.2.1 Torque and travel switches -standard feature ............................................... 56
18.2.2 Connection boards PA or NA (only 2.2- 5 kN) ............................................... 57
18.2.3 Potentiometers ..............................................................................................57
18.3 Putting the actuator into operation .......................................................................57
18.4 Diagram ................................................................................................................58
18.5 Maintenance .........................................................................................................59
18.6 Dismantlement of thrust actuator ......................................................................... 59
18. 7 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................60
18.7.1 Troubleshooting table ....................................................................................61
19 VALVE, SERIES 776000 .........................................................................................62
20 SWITCH BOX, SERIES W AUTOMAX .....................................................................63
20.1 Adjusting limit switches ........................................................................................63
21 VALVE, 2/2-WAY, TYPES 82400 AND 82410 ......................................................... 65
22 ACE SCREW PUMPS .............................................................................................66
22.1 Start-up of ACE and ACG pumps .........................................................................68
22.1.1 Before starting ...............................................................................................68
22.1.1.1 Direction of rotation ............................................................................... 69
22.1.2 Starting ACE and ACG pumps ......................................................................69
22.1.2.1 Setting the pressure relief valve ............................................................ 70 l'ii::\
·\$)
22.1.2.2 Adjusting the tuning .............................................................................. 70
22.2 Maintenance .........................................................................................................71
22.2.1 Inspection of shaft seal .................................................................................71
22.2.2 Inspection of rotors ........................................................................................72
22.2.3 Shaft seal - assembly drawing ......................................................................72
22.2.4 Dismantling ...................................................................................................73
22.2.5 Re-assembly .................................................................................................77
22.3 Pressure relief valve .............................................................................................81
22.4 Recharging of Sealguard ......................................................................................81
22.5 Trouble shooting ...................................................................................................83
22.6 List of components ...............................................................................................85
22.6.1 Spare part sets ..............................................................................................86
23 ACG SCREW PUMP ...............................................................................................87
23 .1 Start-up of ACE and ACG pumps .........................................................................89
23.1.1 Before starting ...............................................................................................89
23.1.1.1 Direction of rotation ............................................................................... 90
23.1.2 Starting ACE and ACG pumps ......................................................................90
AURAMARINE LTD P.0.BOX 849 Tel+ 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
4--=- •-=..MARINE
AURA INSTRUCTION MANUAL
3(172)
23.1.2.1 Setting the pressure relief valve .... '. ....................................................... 91

23.1.2.2 Adjusting the tuning .............................................................................. 91
23.2 Maintenance .........................................................................................................92
23.2.1 Inspection of shaft seal .................................................................................93
23.2.2 Shaft seal - assembly drawing ......................................................................93
23.2.3 Service for ball bearing .................................................................................94
23.2.4 Lubricating intervals in working hours ...........................................................95
23.2.5 Inspection of rotors ........................................................................................96
23.2.6 Dismantling ...................................................................................................97
23.2. 7 Re-assembly ............................................................................................... 101
23.3 Pressure relief valve ...........................................................................................105
23.3.1 Replacement of 0-ring 605: ........................................................................ 105
23.3.2 Replacement of Valve Element G070: ........................................................ 105
23.4 Trouble shooting ................................................................................................. 106
23.5 List of components ............................................................................................. 108
23.5.1 Spare part sets ............................................................................................ 109
24 ELECTRIC MOTOR, TYPES 7A*, 78*, 14BG* ...................................................... 110
24.1 General information ............................................................................................ 11 O
24.2 Operation and maintenance ............................................................................... 111
24.2.1 Lubrication ................................................................................................... 112
24.3 Electrical connection .......................................................................................... 113
24.4 Spareparts ..........................................................................................................114
25 HEAT EXCHANGER TYPE MX ............................................................................. 116
25.1 General Description ............................................................................................ 116
25.2 Operation ...........................................................................................................116
25.2.1 Commissioning ............................................................................................ 116
25.2.2 Initial start-up ...............................................................................................116
25.2.3 Output .........................................................................................................116
25.2.4 Conservation during shut down periods ...................................................... 117
25.3 Maintenance and cleaning ................................................................................. 117
25.3.1 Regular cleaning periods ............................................................................. 117
25.3.2 Cleaning of tubes ........................................................................................ 117
25.3.3 Heavy contamination ...................................................................................117
25.3.4 Checking the safety valves ......................................................................... 118
25.3.5 Dismantling and reassembling of the tube section ...................................... 118
25.4 Spare parts .........................................................................................................119
26 VISCOSITY SENSOR, TYPE VISCOSENSE2 ...................................................... 120
26.1 Operation ...........................................................................................................121
26.1.1 Initial start-up ...............................................................................................121
26.1.2 Routine start-up ........................................................................................... 122
26.1.3 Shutdown on diesel oil ................................................................................ 122
26.1.4 Shutdown on heavy fuel oil ......................................................................... 122
26.2 Maintenance .......................................................................................................122
26.2.1 Routine maintenance .................................................................................. 122
26.2.2 Cleaning ......................................................................................................123
26.2.2.1 Sensor assembly ................................................................................ 123
26.3 Electrical connections .........................................................................................125
26.4 Trouble shooting and repair ............................................................................... 126
26.4.1 Diagnostic information ................................................................................. 126
26.4.2 General trouble shooting ............................................................................. 128
26.4.3 Pl setting errors (for additional viscosity controller) ..................................... 129

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
6'\.=... AlUJRA
"e'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
4(172)
26.5 Parts lists ............................................................................................................130

27 FLOW METER, TYPE VZF .................................................................................... 131
27 .1 Display ............................................................................................................... 132
27 .2 Operation ...........................................................................................................133
27.2.1 Main menu ..................................................................................................133
27 .2.2 Information menu ........................................................................................ 135
27.2.3 Parameter menu ......................................................................................... 137
27.2.3.1 Parameter settings .............................................................................. 139
27.2.3.2 Parameterising the display .................................................................. 143
27.2.3.3 Parameterising the flow sensor data ................................................... 143
27 .2.3.4 Parameterising the outputs ................................................................. 144
27 .3 Error messages .................................................................................................. 148
27 .4 Maintenance .......................................................................................................148
28 AUTO FILTER TYPE 6.23 ..................................................................................... 149
28 .1 General ..............................................................................................................149
28.2 Starting-up .......................................................................................................... 152
28.3 Control of automatic filter, type 6.23 ................................................................... 153 ©
28.3.1 Flush period change .................................................................................... 154
28.3.2 Flush time change ....................................................................................... 155
28.3.3 Parameter settings ...................................................................................... 155
28.3.4 Set clock is selected to set time and date ................................................... 155
28.4 Maintenance .......................................................................................................156
28.4.1 Maintenance instructions (automatic press filter) ........................................ 157
28.4.2 Maintenance instructions (by-pass filter) ..................................................... 158
28.5 "BOLL CLEAN 2000" cleaning-concentrate ........................................................ 162
28.5.1 Heavy fuel oil sludged meshes .................................................................... 163
28.5.2 Instructions for use ...................................................................................... 163
28 .6 Spare parts ........................................................................................................164
28.6.1 Type 6.23 .................................................................................................... 164
28.6.2 Type 6.23.1 ................................................................................................. 168
29 PRESSURE VESSELS .......................................................................................... 171
30 HOW TO ORDER SPARE PARTS ........................................................................ 172

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
·- ----- ----~~------~--
1 STORAGE, HANDLING AND INSTALLATION
1.1 Storage
...
f'
The unit is to be protected from rain, snow and dirt. In order to avoid
condensation, it is recommended to avoid temperature variation.
Storage temperature -10 to +60°C

Ambient humidity max. 85%
1.2 Handling
I T
packed unit unpacked unit
Unit is handled from lift hangers or with forklift truck. Used lifting
device is to have adequate lifting capacity and break resistance,
and it is prohibited to be under lifted load.
1.3 Installation
Package material is wood and plastic. Package materials are to be

disposed or recycled according to local law.
Before final installation and fastening of the unit, the following is to be

taken into account:
Visual inspection is recommended in order to see possible

damages caused by transport or moving to the installation
place.
Needed service space can be seen in the general

arrangement drawing.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Installation place is to be as vibration free as possible.
Installation place must have adequate ventilation in order to

prevent explosion danger.
The unit must be fastened with bolts or by welding, see

general arrangement drawing. Additional bracing of booster
unit must be done if vibration is detected.
Plugs of pipe connections are to be removed before

installing pipes to fuel oil unit.
It is recommended that all HFO pipelines connected to fuel

oil units are insulated and trace heated.
Pipeline connections can be seen in the general

arrangement drawing.
Electrical connections can be seen in the interconnection

pages of the electric drawings.
Protective bonding to be executed according to the

standards of the installation place.
Before start-up, activate the gas generator of the

SealGuard, if installed.
(";;'\
~

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1. Read the instruction manual for the unit.

2. Wear protective clothing, ear defenders and eye protection. Danger
of burning lesion. Beware of hot surfaces, hot oil and noise.
3. Switch voltage off before maintenance occurs.
4. Electrical work must be carried out according to the standards by
authorised persons.
5. Close shut off valves from both sides and depressurise the
equipment and pipes before any maintenance action. To prevent
danger of hot liquid/steam spray.
6. Use crane to lift heavy parts during maintenance and ensure that
parts removed come off in a controlled manner.
7. After maintenance, ensure that all parts are assembled correctly.
8. Ensure that the safety instructions for all cleaners, oils and paints are
available.
9. Keep the environment of the unit clean. "Slippery floors may cause
injury."
10. Smoking is not allowed in the immediate surroundings of fuel oil units.
3 WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS
1. Pumps start automatically after power failure.

2. Run only one pump and heater simultaneously. Switch the other
pump to
stand-by.
3. Ensure fuel oil flow through intended heater.
4. Turn trace heating on if unit is stopped during HFO running.
5. Keep the feeder pressure setting at least at 3 bar.
6. Do not heat LFO/MDO above 50°C.
7. Do not adjust feeder/booster pressure from pumps.
8. Do not run pumps dry.
9. Electric heaters and steam/thermal oil control valve are interlocked
with booster pumps viscometer and HFO/LFO, MOO three way valve.
1O. It is recommended that all HFO pipelines connected to fuel oil units
are insulated and trace heated.
11. In case of no instrument air by pass filter is to be used.
12. Make sure that the operating pressure of the pressure vessel does
not exceed the design pressure, that the temperature of the pressure
vessel's contents does not exceed the maximum allowed operating
temperature and that- the connections do not leak.
AURAMARINE LTD P.O.BOX 849 Tel+ 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4 START-UP
Before start-up, activate the gas generator of the SealGuard, if

installed.
1. Switch main switches and all control switches of the unit to off
position.
2. Switch instrument air on to fuel oil units.
3. Ensure LFO/MOO flow to feeder/booster unit. Suction pressure
gauge of the unit should indicate pressure (>Obar). Open the
equipment valves of feeder/booster unit and close by-pass valves.
4. Check that valves of the engine(s) are in right position.
5. Ensure that fuel oil from engine(s) flows to booster unit's mixing tank.
6. Ensure that all miniature circuit breakers, motor circuit breakers and
moulded case circuit breakers are switched on in local control 0
panel(s) of the fuel oil unit(s).
7. Switch main switch to on position.
8. After resetting the alarm panel, the following alarms should be on.
Low outlet pressure (if installed), low level in mixing tank, low
viscosity (if not blocked with signal from HFO/LFO, MOO valve).
9. Start feeder pump and check rotation direction.
10. To fill fuel oil unit and pipelines to and from engine(s) with LFO/MOO
will take from two to ten minutes.
11. Low level in mixing tank alarm will go off after tank is filled. In case of
manual deaeration open the deaeration valve until the low level alarm
goes off.
12. Pressure in fuel oil unit and engine(s) should rise to range from three
to five bar. If not, check positions of valves.
13. Change running feeder pump. Check rotation direction. Use always
one pump as running and one pump as stand-by. Change running
pump periodically in order to run pumps equally.
14. Check that steam/thermal oil valves are closed and electric heaters l"'::'t.
\.V
are off.
15. Start booster pump. Check rotation direction. Pressure in pipelines
after booster pumps should rise to range from six to nine bar (setting
in engine's equipment). Low outlet pressure alarm goes out (if
installed).
16. Change running booster pump. Check rotation direction. Use always
one pump as running and one pump as stand-by. Change running
pump periodically in order to run pumps equally.
17. Start viscometer. Viscosity of LFO/MOO is in range from three to
eight mPas.
18. Low viscosity alarm is on (if not blocked with signal from HFO/LFO,
MOO valve).
19. Start auto filter.
20. Start engine.
21. Change fuel oil from LFO/MOO to HFO.
22. Ensure that needed trace heating is on.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
------·--·---- -·----·---------------------------
23. If there is HFO/LFO, MOO valve in feeder/booster unit turn it to HFO

position.
24. Open steam/thermal oil valves or switch electric heater on by control
switch at local control panel.
25. Ensure the operation of viscosity/temperature controller if they are not
installed to local control panel by Auramarine Ltd.
a) Choose controller by control switch at local control panel.

b) Set setpoint above process value. Control valve should
open or stages of electric heater should increase power.
c) Set setpoint below process value. Control valve should
close or stages of electric heater should decrease power.
d) In case of malfunction, check wiring.
e) Set setpoint to normal and viscosity control on.
26. Low viscosity alarm goes out after engine has consumed all
LFO/MDO from circulation.
27.After engine has run from 1,5 to 2 hours with HFO, check all pipe
connections, and in case of leakage, tighten the pipe connection.
Attention
Fuel oil viscosity can be regulated by viscosity or by temperature.
Recommended way is to use viscosity control, because it

keeps the injection viscosity constant regardless of the fuel
oil quality by regulating temperature.
As back-up fuel oil viscosity can be controlled by temperature.
Selection by above mentioned controls is done by control switch at local

control panel and valves of heaters and valves of steam/thermal oil lines.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
JS~.=_ AURA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 10(172)
'e'-:::. MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
5 SHUTDOWN
1. Circulate the fuel oil through heater at least ten minutes after turning
heating off in order to cool the heater down.
2. Turn the trace heating on if there is HFO in pipe system of the fuel oil
unit.
AURAMARINE LTD PO.BOX 849 Tel+ 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
---·--··-~--------
6 TROUBLE SHOOTING
Problem Check points I actions

Open suction valves if they are closed.
Stand-by pump Suction pressure should be above -0,5 bar, if below clean the
starts. suction strainers.
Setpoint of pressur-e control valve should be 4-5 bar.
The by-pass valve of the pressure control valve should be closed.
Check rotation direction of pumps.
Check pressure control valve setting at engine(s) equipment.
Ensure that fuel oil from engine(s) flows to booster unit's mixing
tank.
The shut of valve of the pressure switch should be open.
The deaerating valves of the heaters and mixing tank should be
closed.
Check the operation of the auto filter and by-pass filter of the auto
filter.
Check the operation of the pressure switch and the alarm panel
Check the settings and cleanness of the internal over flow valves
of the pumps.
Check that the delay of the stand-by pump start is sufficient.
Check positions of valves
Pressure too high at Run only one feeder and one booster pump simultaneously.
pump outlet. Setpoint of pressure control valve at engine(s) equipment may be
too high.
Clean the heaters.
Check the operation of the auto filter and by-pass filter of the auto
filter.
Check the positions of the steam/thermal oil valves.
Heating is not Moulded case circuit breakers of the electric heaters should be
working. on.
Safety thermostats of the electric heaters may be tripped.
Control switch of the electric heater should be on.
Viscometer is not running.
The by-pass valve of the heater should be closed.
HFO/MDO, LFO valve should be in HFO position.
Check positions of control switches at local control panel.
Viscometer is not Viscometer should be on and viscosity control should be selected.
working. Check wiring of the controller and viscosity measuring loop.
By-pass valve of the viscometer should be closed.
Check the selector switch of density at viscometer.
Low level in mixing Feeder pump is not running.
tank. Fuel from engine does not flow to the mixing tank of booster unit.
Check the cleanness of the flowmeter filter and rotor.
Flow meter is not The valves of the flow meter are closed.
working. The by-pass valve of the flow meter is dirty.
Check wiring and settings if there are out going signals.
Working pressure is above the setpoints of the safety valves.
Safety valve is open. Setpoint at mixing tank is 1O bar and at heaters 15 bar.
Valves after heaters should be open.
Safety valve is damaged.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~-=- AQJJ~A INSTRUCTION MANUAL 12(172)
~'&'-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
7 MAIN SWITCH
Door of the control panel can be opened with main switch on by pressing
with a pin to hole shown below.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
8 COUNTER TYPE H7E
The product has a built-in lithium battery. Do not short-circuit the+

and - terminals, charge, disassemble, deform, or expose the battery
to fire. The battery may explode (break), catch fire, or cause liquid
leakage.
Do not use any battery other than the specified one (Y92S-36).
Using another battery may cause liquid leakage or breakage,
resulting in malfunction or injury.
If a voltage other than the rated one is applied, internal elements

may be damaged.
Do not use the Counter in locations subject to direct sunlight,

subject to corrosive gases or subject to dust.
Nomenclature
Front view
Reset Key
Reset the count value. Not operatle
under key-protect.
Counting speed switch - - - - - + - e 1 Key-protect Switch

For a11 models except for H7EC-NFV-fl. The Reset Key is not operable while th.g
If the counting speed setting Is changed, key-protect switch is set to ON.
the present value wJll not be held and so
press the Reset Key on the front panel. Setting
(see note) Key-protect
Setting
(see note) Counting speed Bottom viEl'lv Fron1panel
Fron1 p!flel
. ~c~
• d<IQ
OFF
(default setting)
i ~c~~
30Hz
r.lllQ
(default S>etting)
i ~G~R
l~c~
<lllQ ON
1 kHz
d<IQ Terminal bloek
Termna bloc:k

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Battery replacement
Remove the wiring replacing the battery. Do not come contact with any
item to which high voltage is being applied. Doing so may result in
electric shock.
Before changing the Battery, the person should ensure that they are not
carrying any static electric charge.
Procedure for replacing the Battery (refer to the diagrams below):
1. Using the tool, pry open the lift-tab on the case. (1)
2. Pull the body out of its outer case. (2)
3. Lift the Battery up by the edge and remove it. (3)
When removing the Battery, do not come in contact with the display
area or any internal parts.
4. Wipe the back of the new battery before inserting it.

5. Ensure that the + and - terminals are correctly oriented.
6. After replacing the Battery, re-insert the body into its
case. (4)
Check that the case is securely held in by the lift-tab
7. Press the Reset Key before use (not necessary for

H7ER-N, -NV, -NV1 ). (5)

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
9 ELECTRONIC TIMER, CT-S RANGE, TYPE 1SVR6300
9.1 Operating controls
1. Adjustment of the time range by selecting the

max. value:
A1 115
Range Max. value
0.15 - 3 s >> 3 s yellow X1 12 l1
1.5 - 30 s >> 30 s dial
15 - 300 s >> 300 s
1.5 - 30 min >> 30 min
15 - 300 min >> 300 min
1.5 - 30 h >> 30 h
15- 300 h >> 300 h
0.05 - 1 s >> 1 s white
0.5 - 10 s >> 10 s dial
5 - 100 s >> 100 s
0.5 - 10 min >> 10 min
2. Direct reading scale to set the time value

within the chosen range .,
Function I
0
0
0
u.. @@@
:mn
3. ~
N
28M Y1
Selection of the function on CT-MFS ~
and CT-MBS 8
l.) 111 18 A2 1!1 16 A2
Functions: see Ill N
4. Setting of the 2nd c/o contact as an @) oela11
i--~~~----l·i ~
instantaneous contact A1-A'
15-11!
Position Inst. "I": Instantaneous contact Rt
1S-1S
5. Status display with LEDs: "'

,,&.:'II
2&.:'G I I 0
JJ
0
Inst, u..
r-
----- ·----~ i
U/T: green LED Status indication of
~
A1-A:t
control supply R1 1!>-111

1!>-16
voltage and timing
R2 R~~
r - L Control supply
voltage applied
n....rL. Time delay is running
R: yellow LED - Status indication of output relay

r - L energized
R1/R2: yellow LED - Status indication of output relay 1/2

r - L energized

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
'::. ===. AIU RA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 16(172)
'5"-=.MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
9.2 Electrical diagram
~
For the rated control supply IH i~:....• ..,
voltage and the circuit '°
:il
C)
.CJ
diagram, see label at the ,, 0

LL ,t.•,
C)
LL
side of the unit 5 ""~

~.)-
N
~
"'~
A1-A2 Control supply voltage Us
()
0
()
8
()
Y1-Z2 Control input to start timing

\.~} N ~"".-:
"'
X1-Z2 Control input to pause timing I
accumulative function
(see diagram under V) lf·t-
Z1-Z2 Remote potentiometer

x•
~
LL
~·
connection for the fine IO
'" ;2
adjustment of the time delay.
l:
G>j (£>
When an external ""
()
0
(.)
potentiometer is hi~
"'
connected, the internal, front-
face potentiometer is disabled.
15-16/18 1st c/o contact
25-26/28 2nd c/o contact
(21 )-(22)/(24) 2nd c/o contact, set as
instantaneous contact

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
-·----· ·------·~~- ----~-

9.3 Function diagrams

1 1;;....-;;:i
CT-MBS and CT-MFS
A1'"'2
'
~
--
'fl-7$:
1. ~ ON-delay ·1Q.;1e. ~""2s
C\I
0
·1ti'-1 G, 21>-i!G u..
t adjusted time delay co
:i·f.q.:lj
~1~2
X1"'1'~
- ;s
,,.,C\I
C\I
q!Mf\l.JW 1•••••• •• ••• 0
I t, I t~ I ti Cl
I I
~
l1+t;1:"::!l
l,i"" PJ:Uff tfflnq
2 1fll:'2'J
Impulse-ON ~
(Jl
t adjusted pulse time t.D '
0
eJ
u..
~
0
C\I
I/')
C\I
g:~-il.£D 1--••••
I
8
(.)
C\I
'I 1 ~ lf "' l
I:) "' p~11ff' !MrJng
3 n~
3. n~ Flasher with reset, starting
with ON A1'"'2
Yl-7~
t adjusted flashing time CD'
i&-18, 2!.i-1.1:9
i&-1G. 2ti-2V
-
-... -
0
C\I
...
~l-1'~ 0
21"'1:2 u..
q.-.u:o ,
••• ,
•••
- I
'
~
I
'
4 n•
4.n• Flasher with reset, starting
with OFF
t adjusted flashing time
5 -
A1-AP <(
~
••
Yl..h CD
1!>-18. 25-4!8
1o;..i~.~~h
CD'
0
5. - OFF-delay with auxiliary

voltage
t adjusted time delay
21..i:•
21...:z
Xl-7.P
u.....r.u:o
- •••••• •• , ... -
C\I
0
LL
...
OJ
0
C\I
" ti I ~1 I tJ. IJ)

C\I
(.)
11 ••.i:"''
1.z - ti~uff U--inQ
8
C\I

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
AlUIRA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 18(172)
5'-::...MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
1 6 1IlCl
6. ru::J Impulse-OFF with auxiliary ~
Cll
voltage '
-'•'· !B
t adjusted pulse time l~Hl,2 1j~B
C\I
0
1\l-1G. Zo..?G LL
~1~4
~:~7
f "'"·"'-~,- ',;-
~
0
C\I
:~1-z~ LO
C\I
9tttr LE;) 111111 n I
•: I ~ I 'i 8
I I
~
11 ,.. It"': I
t:&. ·- jN1i.iH ~MflQ
?. 81.i"l Star-delta change-over with 7 £:.. 1Il <(

.?:
impulse al
function t.O
'
,.,.,.' '\(,.·,. 0
I!
'•
t1 adjusted starting time eJ

LL
t2 fixed transition time of 50 ~
0
ms N
4")
N 0
~·... ,,_0;1;~tM ~13'1)1'\Q
~:- -:- ttQfi~·11ot~ 11rr1e
for.,
~.!.J~ <r12;, 8
0
C\I
8. C8:I::] ON-delay and OFF-delay, <(

symmetrical :::.?:
Y1-.l.l:
Ill
'
t1 adjusted ON-delay
t2 adjusted OFF-delay
sel
LL
~
.. • I•, l•b
n
C\I
I·•• 1.~,,.1 ~11 l~ti L()
I I I I
C\I
11::. :uiJ..i•t«CIOh~nllll"J 111 ... ~-:.b::. r~ 80

1;;: "'; aat.J-11t«-d C:FF~cl*)' 1h-:~b ti
,, - ~
'-' P-<ll.i':W>~·MriQ
C\I
9. ur::1 Pulse former g om

t adjusted pulse time <(
:?
Cll
s2j'
.. n n n n
LL
"I"
©
I I 8
I I C\I
LO
C\I
8
@
10 CJ <(
10. [ . ON/OFF-Function :::.?:
Cll
ON-Function - time sector -.:f:. '
300 h
OFF-Function -time sector = Ii ~
LL
3
300 h C\I
LO
N
80
C\I

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
----=- AURA
W'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
19(172)
CT-AHS 11 - ~
Ill
OFF-delay with auxiliary '
5. -
voltage
t adjusted time delay ...
8
CT-ARS S:l
C\I
11. - OFF-delay without auxiliary 8

(.)
voltage C\J
t adjusted time delay
9.4 Factory settings by Auramarine Ltd.
Mode Settin
of stand-b start dela on release 5 • 3 seconds
5 -
.A1-A2 I
,_ -
I <(
::!!
-••
Yt-Z2 I I co
l ~ I
-
15-18 . 25-211 I
co
•
1s-1 a. 25-26 0
,....__ C\I
21-24 0
21-22 u..
- CJ)
..-
- -·· -•
X1·Z2 I I
green LED I
•••••• - •• I
0
- t . 11 ts 12 ~
()
t ""adjusted tilT'..c delay lt + t2 = t c
ts .., pat1sc timln'(} ~

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
AIUJ!r:l?A INSTRUCTION MANUAL 20(172)
":"" -::.. MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
10 ALARM PANEL
LLC-10 is a compact alarm display unit in the "DIN"-series. It is designed

for exacting applications. The unit is programmable for use with either
normally open or closed sensor contacts, and with adjustable time delay
for each alarm channels. The alarm channels can be connected to either
of the two output groups (A and B alarms). At the panel, the sensors
indicator flashes when the pre-set time delay has elapsed. At the same
time the output group to which it is connected, is activated. The signal is
acknowledged by pressing the red RESET button. This releases the
output contact and the flashing light becomes steady. When the fault has
been corrected and the sensor contact has returned to its normal state,
the indicator lamp goes out. If the fault self-corrects and the sensor
contact returns before acknowledgement, the fault remains in the unit
memory, the light flashes and the output contact remains activated, until
the accept button is pressed. LLC-10 is equipped with a channel
memory. The unit is always ready to receive new alarm signals,
independent of system status. The panel can be provided with legends
for each alarm channel or with a common 10 points legend.
Nole 2 N(~C 3 N•)lC 4 CONNECTION

r------,
®. 0 0
LLC:-10
0
ll A
•c:::::I •c:::::i
0
0 BA 2
• c::::i c::::i
0
0 BA ~
0 •c::::I c::::i
G B ,\
• c::::i c:::::i
HA Sensor contacts
• c::::i c::::i (see note 4)
HA
• c::::i c::i
BA
• c::::i c:::::i
BA
• c::::i c::i
BA
•c::i c::::i
ll A Sensor power ,;upply
•c::::I c::::i
1::;:1 Supply rnlta,ge

24V AC/DC
0
IGroupA 14
Jl A
+ICll
c::::i.
Nole 2
Group A
Group B
Output for re k1~·
interface boord
i t----} Ou Ip ut rc:fay
(see note I)
MIN
~
® MAX
Note 3
Time del.~y
tl•~iu~tment
i } Output relay
($ee note I)
IGroup B I
Not.e4
Note I
•c::::::I Normally closed sensor contact I I
ct::IZI Nornmltly open s.::nsor contact i...------ Shown in alt1r111 position=
Voltage fni.lure position

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
j(--=- AURA
'5'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
21 (172)
10.1 Alarm panel for units with LRS classification
LLC-10 LRS is a compact alarm display unit in the "DIN"-series. It is

designed for exacting applications. The unit is programmable for use with
either normally open or closed sensor contacts, with adjustable time
delay. The alarrn system has two output groups (A and B alarms). All
channels shall be connected for A-alarm. At the panel, the sensors
indicator flashes when the pre-set time delay has elapsed. At the same
time the both output group is activated (the B group is delayed 5 sec. in
relation to the A group). If a new sensor will be activated the B group
relay will do a quick status change. The signal is acknowledged by
pressing the red RESET button. This releases the output contact and the
flashing light becomes steady. When the fault has been corrected and
the sensor contact has returned to its normal state, the indicator lamp
goes out. If the fault self-corrects and the sensor contact returns before
acknowledgement, the fault remains in the unit memory, the light flashes
and the output contact remains activated, until the accept button is
pressed. LLC-10 is equipped with a channel memory. The unit is always
ready to receive new alarm signals, independent of system status. The
panel can be provided with legends for each alarm channel or with a
common 10 points legend.
CONNECTION
Note2 Note 3 Note 4
Sensor con l<K Is

(see note 4)
Seni;or p(nwr supply

Supply voltage
24V AC/DC
Output relay
(sec note I)
Output relay
(,see note .I .)
Note 1
Note4 Shown in olonn position=
lllall Normally closed contact Voltage failure position
... Normally open contact

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
11 VISCOSITY AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS E5EK

Precautions Use the following type of solderless terminals for
General Precautions M3.5 screws-
Operating environment
Keep within the rated ambient operating
=e=Jhimmm~
temperature, ambient operating humidity, and
storage temperature ranges. ~mmmM.
Use the Unit according to the vibration resistance,
shock resistance and enclosure ratings. Operation
Do not use the Unit is places with. corrosive gas or The alarm outputs of the model with an alarm
excessive dust. function may not turn ON properly when the model
Do not use the Unit nearby machines. generating malfunctions. The use of alarm equipment with the
high frequency noise. modle is recommended.
Correct use The parameters and internal switch are set before
Mounting shipping so that the Unit will function normally.
The dimensions of the Digital Controller conform Change the settings of the parameters and
to DIN 43700 internal switch according to the application if
Recommend panel thickness is 1 to 8 mm.
Mount the Unit horizontally.
necessary.
Several seconds are required until relay is turned ©
Connection ON after power has been supplied to the Digital
To reduce inductive noise influence, the lead wires Controller. Therefore, take this time delay into
connecting the input type of the Digital Controller consideration when designing sequenced circuits
must be separated from the power lines and load which incorporate a Digital Controller.
lines Do not use excessive force when drawing out the
Use the specified compensating conductors for internal mechanism from housing. Protect against
thermocouples. static discharge when changing the settings of the
Use lead wires having small resistance for internal switch. Changing the settings on a
platinum resistance thermometers grounded conductive mat is recommended.
Connection Example When connecting the Control Output Unit to the
Wire the terminals of the Unit using solderless Temperature Controller or Digital Controller, make
terminals. sure that the Control Output Unit is a suitable type.
The tightening of the torque applied to the terminal The use of an improper type of Control Output Unit
screws of the Unit must be approximately 0.78 may cause the system to malfunction.
N*m or 8 kgf*cm The heater burnout alarm will not be available if
the Linear output Unit is used.
13..15 \(l()
©
= ( --~- .D
=
=== =
=
=
===
= =
=
====
~"ii'l''lf
=
=
=
==
= <==""'3 ..°' ~
~
[§)[ti@
=
====
=
"c=::::I ·c::=:::=:::::J c:=::::3c
~ =o==
= ==
_..@ =o==
E5EK
- l - 'tl
Note:
1.Recommended panel thickness is 1 to 8 mm.
2.Maintain the specified vertical and horizontal mounting space between
each unit. Units must not be closely mounted vertically and horizontally.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
1. Insert the E5AK Controller into 3. Tighten the mounting bracket screws
the panel's mounting hole at the on the upper and lower parts of the
position shown in the figure E5AK in small increments alternately
and equally until the ratchet start to
slide
2. Fit the mounting
bracket(accessory) into the fixing
slots on the top and bottom of
the rear case
E53-COV0809, E53-COV08 Terminal Cover (Sold Separately)

Fasten the terminals covers as follows by using the snap pins. Snap pins
are provided with the terminal covers

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
PV
8.8.B.B sv
No. 1 display
IBBBBI No. 2 display
Operation indicators - RlfT

-~,~~ff
D
ASP WN &vet $18i
tl 0
0
CJ
Dlsplay Key - ~1Q1~

AIM Key - -'1? I I
Up Key/Down Key
omlOn ~ E5EK
No. 1 display Displays the process value or parameter symbols

No. 2 display Displays the setpoint, manipulated variable or parameter settings
Out 1 Lits when the controller increases heat
Out 2 Lits when the controller decreases heat
Sub 1 Lits when the low viscosity alarm is on
Sub 2 Lits when the high viscosity alarm is on
Ma nu Lits when the manual operation mode is on
Stop Lits when operation has stopped
RMT Lits during remote operation (not in use by Auramarine)
RSP Lits during remote SP operation (not in use by Auramarine)
AT Flashes during auto tuning
A/M key Each press of this key switches between the auto and manual operations.
Display key The functions of this key change according to how long it is pressed. If the key is pressed for less than one
second, the parameters are switched. If the key is pressed for one second or more, the menu display appears.
Up/down-keys Each press of the up-key increments or advances the values or settings on the no. 2 display, while each press &
of the down-key decrements or returns the values or settings on the no. 2 display. 9
E.g in the normal run situation setpoints can be changed by pressing up or down keys.
AURAMARINE LTD PO.BOX 849 Tel + 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - ...
_,_..=..AURA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 25(172)
S'-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
11 .1 Operation
Parameter settings are done by Auramarine Ltd. according to the lists

below.
After power is switched on, controller starts to operate. Setpoint can be

changed by pressing up or down key. Viscosity controller uses mPas and
temperature controller °C.
Manual operation is executed by first pressing AIM key (MANU lits) and
then operating with up key and down key. Return to auto operation by
pressing AIM key (MANU goes out).
Controller can be auto tuned by setting the setting of the parameter At

from Level 1 to AT-2. Auto tuning can be cancelled by setting the setting
of the parameter At to OFF.
Ensure the operation of viscosity/temperature controller, if they are not

installed to local control panel by Auramarine Ltd.
a) Switch viscometer and booster pump on.

b) If there is HFO/LFO, MOO valve in feeder/booster unit,
turn it to HFO position.
c) Open steam/thermal oil valves or switch electric heater on
by control switch at local control panel.
d) Choose controller by control switch at local control panel.
e) Set setpoint above process value. Control valve should
open or stages of electric heater should increase power.
f) Set setpoint below process value. Control valve should
close or stages of electric heater should decrease power.
g) In case of malfunction, check wiring.
h) Set setpoint to normal and viscosity control on.
In case of trouble, the following should be checked:
1) Connections are done according to the electrical drawings.

2) Controller is supplied with AC 100 ... 240 V 50/60 Hz.
3) Transmitter of process value gives correct signal. Signal
error is displayed in no.1 display "S.Err".
4) Parameter settings are according to the lists below.
In case of process value hunting, it is recommended to increase the

setting of the parameter I (integral time) at level 1. If it does not help, it is
recommended to increase also the setting of the parameter P
(proportional band) at level 1.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4-=--=- AURA
":"' -=...MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
26(172)
11 .2 Access to parameters Power ON
iiEnU
Power on t..u·D
Process value is shown in no. 1 display
Setpoint is shown in no. 2 display
~
_,..____..,, '"'°"""""'·
By pressing display key at least one
second
"Menu" appears to no. 1 display 1 -~ l'rin. 1 so.:ood m-;n.
"Lv-0" appears to no. 2 display

second @!]•§
_ _ _ _ _,,, 1 ~""1-
"Menu" appears to no. 1 display

By pressing up-key
"Lv-1 appears to no. 2 display
By pressing display key at least

one second
"At"(parameter) appears to no. 1 display
"off'(setting) appears to no. 2 display
Moving from a parameter to an other is

done by a quick press of display key
Setting change of a parameter is
done by up or down key

second
"Menu" appears to no. 1 display
By pressing down key

"Lv-0 appears to no. 2 display

second
Process value appears to no. 1 display
Setpoint appears to no. 2 display
Protect mode is set to 3 to allow changes only at levels 0 and 1, and it is not recommended to go
any other levels.
Access to other levels by pressing AIM key and display key simultaneously at least one second
until "SECr" appears to no. 1 display and then changing 3 to1 to no. 2 display by pressing down
key. Exit from protect mode is done by pressing AIM key and display key simultaneously at least
one second.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
11 .3 Parameter settings of the viscosity controller A 16A 1

If se tt'mg co Ium 1s emp t:y d ef au It .1s use d
Mode Parameter Name Setting Range Unit Default Remarks Setting
SE Cr Security Oto6 None 1 3
Protect
KEYP [AIM] key protect ON/OFF None OFF
Manual Manual MV -5.0 to 105.0 *1 % 0.0
Set Point Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit EU 0
LevelO
r-s Run/Stop Run/Stop None Run
AT AT Execute/Cancel OFF/AT-1/AT-2 None OFF During running
SP-0 Set point O Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit EU 0 Multi-SP
SP-1 Set point 1 Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit EU 0 Multi-SP
SP-2 Set point 2 Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit EU 0 Multi SP
AL-1 Alarm value 1 -1999 to 9999 EU 0 3
AL-3 Alarm value 3 -1999 to 9999 EU 0
p Proportional band 0.1 to 999.9 %FS 10.0 10
I Integral time 0 to 3999 sec 233 240
Level 1
d Derivate time Oto 3999 sec 40 0
At heating and
C-SC Cooling coefficient 0.01 to 99.99 None 1.00 cooling control
At heating and
(-db Dead band -19.99 to 99.99 %FS 0.00 cooling control
At position-
Db Position-proportional dead band 0.1 to 10.00 % 2.0 proportional control 0.3
mF-r Manual reset value 0.0 to 100.0 % 50.0

HYS Hysteresis (heat) 0.01 to 99.99 %FS 0.10
At heating and
CHYS Hysteresis (cool) 0.01 to 99.99 %FS 0.10 cooling control
CP Control period (heat) 1to99 sec 20

At heating and
C-CP Control period (cool) 1to99 sec 20 cooling control
Heater burnout
Hb Heater burnout 0.0 to 50.0 A 0.0 detection
Communications
r-L Remote/Local RMT/LCL None LCL units settings
SPmd SP mode RSP/LSP None LSP

SPrU SP ramp time unit M(Minutes) I H(Hours) None M
SP rs SP ramp set value 0 to 9999 EU 0
LBA LBA detection lime Oto 9999 *1 sec 0
mv-S MV at stop -5.0 to 105.0 *1 % 0.0 HOLD
mv-E MV at PV error -5.0 to 105.0 *2 % 0.0 HOLD
ML-H MV upper limit MV lower limit+ 0.1to105.0 *3 % 105.0
Level2 ML-L MV lower limit -5.0 to MV upper limit -0.1 % -5.0
Mrl MV change rate limit 0.0 to100.0 %/sec 0.0
lnF Input digital filter 0 to 9999 sec 0
OC-H Open/close hysteresis 0.1 to 20.0 % 0.8 0.5
ALH1 Alarm 1 hysteresis 0.01 to 99.99 % 0.02 1.0
ALH3 Alarm 3 hysteresis 0.01 to 99.99 % 0.02
In SH Input shift upper limit -199.9 to 999.9 °C/°F 0.0 Temperature input
In SL Input shift lower limit -199.9 to 999.9 °Cl°F 0.0 Temperature input
..
*1 During heat and cooling control, the lower limit becomes -105.5%. During pos1t1on-proportional control the setting becomes
HOLD, OPEN or CLOSE. *2 During heat and cooling control, the setting range becomes 0.0 to 105.0%. *3 During heat and
cooling control, the setting range becomes -105.0 to 0.0%.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Mode Parameter Name Settina Ranae Unit Default Remarks Settina

In- T Input type Oto 21 None 2 17
ln-H Scaling upper limit Scaling lower limit +1 to 9999 *4 EU -100 Analog input 50
-1999 to SP setting upper limit
ln-L Scaling lower limit EU 0 Analog input 0
0.1*4
dP Decimal point Oto 3 None 0 Analog input
d-U °C/°F selection °C/°F None oc Temperature input

In IT Parameter initialize Yes/No None No
OUT1 Control output 1 assignment HeaUCool/Alarm 1/Alarm2/Alarm3/HBNLBA None HEAT
OUT2 Control output 2 assignment HeaUCool/Alarm 1/Alarm2/Alarm3/HBNLBA None AL-1

Setup Alarm1/Alarm2/Alarm3/HBNLBA/
SUB1 Auxiliary output1 assignment S.ERR/E333/RSER None AL-2 AL1
Alarm1/Alarm2/Alarm3/HBNLBN
SUB2 Auxiliary output 2 assignment S.ERR/E333/RSER None AL-3 AL2
Output assignment
ALT1 Alarm 1 type 1 to 11 None 2 needer 3
Output assignment
AL 1n Alarm 1 open in alarm N-0/N-C None N-0 needer N-C
Output assignment
ALT2 Alarm 2 type 1to11 None 2 2
•
needer
Output assignment
AL2n Alarm 2 open in alarm N-0/N-C None N-0 needer N-C
Output assignment
AL T3 Alarm 3 type 1 to 11 None 2 needer
Output assignment
AL3n Alarm 3 open in alarm N-0/N-C None N-0 needer
Drev Direct I Reverse operation OR-R/OR-0 None OR-R OR-D
SL-H Set point upper limit Set point lower limit + 1 to scaling upper limit '2 None 1300 *4 50
SL-L Set point lower limit Scaling lower limit to Set point upper limit -1 '2 None -200 *4 0
CnTL PIO/ON/OFF PIO/ON/OFF None PIO
ST ST OFF/ON None OFF
ST -b ST stable range 0.1 to 999.9 °C/°F 15.0 ST=ON

Expan-
sion
ALFA a 0.00 to 1.00 None 0.65
AT -G AT calculated gain 0.1 to 10.0 None 1.0
Re Sm Standby sequence reset setting 0/1 None 0

method
ReM Automatic return of display mode Oto 99 Sec 0 30

AT-H AT hysteresis 0.1to9.9 %FS 0.2 0.2
LBAB LBA detection width 0.0 to 999.9 %FS 0.2
*4 When temperature input 1s selected, the sensor range selected m the "input type"
parameter (setup mode) correspond to the scaling upper and lower limit value.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
---------·----------·-·-- - - - -
Mode Parameter Name Settina Ranae Unit Default Remarks Settina

EV-M Multi-SP function Oto2 None 0
EV-1 · Event input assignment 1 NON/STOP/RMT/MAN/RSP None NON
EV-2 Event input assignment 2 NON/STOP/RMT/MAN/RSP None NON
Sb CT Communication stop bit 1/2 bits 2
Len Communication data length 7/8 bits 7
Prty Communication parity None/Even/Odd None EVEN
BPS Communication baud value 1.2/2.4/4.8/9.6/19.2 kbps 9.6
U-no Communication unit No. Oto 99 None 0
Tr- T Transfer output type SP/SP-M/PV/O/C-ON-M None SP
Option •5 •5
Tr-H Transfer output upper limit *5
Tr-L Transfer output lower limit *5 *5 *5
Hbl HBAlatch ON/OFF None OFF
CA Lb Motor calibration ON/OFF None OFF
MoT Travel time 1to999 Sec 1
P-db PV dead band oto 9999 EU 0
rSPU Remote SP enable ON/OFF None OFF
SP setting lower limit to SP setting upper
rSPH Remote SP upper limit limit EU 1300
rSPL Remote SP lower limit limit EU -200
SP Tr SP tracking ON/OFF None OFF
*5 Set the transfer output type parameter according to the following table.
Transfer Output TvPe Transfer Output Lower Limit to Transfer Output UPPer Limit
SP :Set ooint Set ooint lower limit to Set ooint uooer limit
SP-M :Set ooint durina SP ramo Set ooint lower limit to Set ooint uooer limit
PV :Process value Scalino lower limit to scalina unner limit
0 :Manioulated variablelheat\ -5.0 to 105.0%
C-0 :Manipulated variablelcool\ 0.0 to 105.0%
V-M :Value ooenina -10.0 to 110.0%
Default.: SP
The output ranges of the SP settings, set point or process value when temperature input is selected are the ranges
supported by the selected sensor.
• When the heating side manipulated variable or cooling side manipulated variable is selected, the transfer output lower
limit in a heating and cooling control becomes 0.0.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
----=-AURA Document Id: IM6517C
'&'-=..MARINE
11.4 Parameter settings of the temperature controller A 16A2

If settma co Iumn 1s empty de fau It .1s use d
Mode Parameter Name Settina Ranae Unit Default Remarks Setting
SE Cr Security Oto 6 None 1 3
Protect
KEYP [AIM] key protect ON/OFF None OFF
Manual Manual MV -5.0 to 105.0 ·1 % 0.0
Set Point Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit EU 0
LevelO
r-s Run/Stop Run/Stop None Run
AT AT Execute/Cancel OFF/AT-1/AT-2 None OFF During running
SP-0 Set point O Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit EU 0 Multi-SP
SP-2 Set point 2 Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit EU 0 Multi SP
AL-3 Alarm value 3 -1999 to 9999 EU 0

p Proportional band 0.1 to 999.9 %FS 10.0 2
I Integral time Oto 3999 sec 233 240

Level 1
d Derivate time Oto 3999 sec 40
At heating and
C-SC Cooling coefficient 0.01 to 99.99 None 1.00 cooling control
At heating and
C-db Dead band -19.99 to 99.99 %FS 0.00 cooling control
At position-
Ob Position-proportional dead band 0.1 to 10.00 % 2.0 proportional control 0.8
mF-r Manual reset value o.o to 100.0 % 50.0
HYS Hysteresis (heat) 0.01 to 99.99 %FS 0.10

At heating and
CHYS Hysteresis (cool) 0.01 to 99.99 %FS 0.10 cooling control
CP Control period (heat) 1 to 99 sec 20

At heating and
C-CP Control period (cool) 1to99 sec 20 cooling control
Heater burnout
Hb Heater burnout 0.0 to 50.0 A 0.0 detection
Communications
r-L Remote/Local RMT/LCL None LCL units settings
SPmd SP mode RSP/LSP None LSP

SPrU SP ramp time unit M(Minutes) I H(Hours) None M
SP rs SP ramp set value o to 9999 EU 0
LBA LBA detection time Oto 9999 ·1 sec 0
mv-S MVat stop -5.0 to 105.0 ·1 % 0.0 HOLD
mv-E MV at PV error -5.0 to 105.0 ·2 % 0.0 HOLD
ML-H MV upper limit MV lower limit + 0.1 to 105.0 •3 % 105.0
Level 2 ML-L MV lower limit -5.0 to MV upper limit -0.1 % -5.0
Mrl MV change rate limit o.o to100.0 %/sec 0.0
lnF Input digital filter Oto 9999 sec 0
OC-H Open/close hysteresis 0.1 to 20.0 % 0.8 0.5
ALH3 Alarm 3 hysteresis 0.01 to 99.99 % 0.02
In SH Input shift upper limit -199.9 to 999.9 °Cl°F 0.0 Temperature input
In SL Input shift lower limit -199.9 to 999.9 °Cl°F 0.0 Temperature input
..
*1Dunng heat and cooling control, the lower limit becomes -105.5%. During pos1t1on-proport1onal control the setting
becomes HOLD, OPEN or CLOSE. •2 During heat and cooling control, the setting range becomes 0.0 to 105.0%. •3 During
heat and cooling control, the setting range becomes -105.0 to 0.0%.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
jf--=- AURA
'5'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
31(172)
Mode Parameter Name Settino Ranae Unit Default Remarks Settina

In- T Input type o to 21 None 2 1
ln-H Scaling upper limit Scaling lower limit +1 to 9999 *4 EU -100 Analog input
ln-L Scaling lower limit -1999 to SP setting upper limit 0.1 *4 EU 0 Analog input
dP Decimal point Oto 3 None 0 Analog input
d-U °C/°F selection °C/°F None oc Temperature input
In IT Parameter initialize Yes/No None No
OUT1 Control output 1 assignment HeaVCool/Alarm1/Alarm2/Alarm3/HBNLBA None HEAT
OUT2 Control output 2 assignment HeaVCool/Alarm1/Alarm2/Alarm3/HBNLBA None AL-1
AlanTI1/Alarm2/AlanTI3/HBNLBN
Setup SUB1 Auxiliary output1 assignment S.ERR/E333/RSER None AL-2 AL1
AlanTI1/Alarm2/AlanTI3/HBNLBN
SUB2 Auxiliary output 2 assignment S.ERR/E333/RSER None AL-3 AL2
Output assignment
Output assignment
AL 1n Alarm 1 open in alarm N-0/N-C None N-0 needer N-C
Output assignment
Output assignment
AL Zn Alarm 2 open in alarm N-0/N-C None N-0 needer N-C
Output assignment
AL T3 Alarm 3 type 1 to 11 None 2 needer
Output assignment
AL3n Alarm 3 open in alarm N-0/N-C None N-0 needer
Drev Direct I Reverse operation OR-R/OR-0 None OR-R

SL-H Set point upper limit Set point lower limit + 1 to scaling upper limit •2 None 1300 *4
SL-L Set point lower limit Scaling lower limit to Set point upper limit -1 •2 None -200 *4
CnTL PIO/ON/OFF PIO/ON/OFF None PIO
ST ST OFF/ON None OFF
ST-b ST stable range 0.1to999.9 °Cl°F 15.0 ST=ON
Exp an- ALFA a 0.00 to 1.00 None 0.65
sion
AT-G AT calculated gain 0.1 to 10.0 None 1.0
Re Sm Standby sequence reset setting
0/1 None 0
method
ReM Automatic return of display mode 0 to 99 Sec 0 30

AT-H AT hysteresis 0.1to9.9 %FS 0.2
LBAB LBA detection width 0.0 to 999.9 %FS 0.2
*4 When temperature input 1s selected, the sensor range selected in the "input type"
parameter (setup mode) correspond to the scaling upper and lower limit value.

FIN-20101 TUR KU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Mode Parameter Name Settina Ranae Unit Default Remarks Setting

EV-M Multi-SP function Oto 2 None 0

Sb CT Communication stop bit 1/2 bits 2
Len Communication data length 718 bits 7
Prty Communication parity None/Even/Odd None EVEN
BPS Communication baud value 1.2/2.4/4.8/9.6/19.2 kbps 9.6
U-no Communication unit No. Oto 99 None 0
Tr-T Transfer output type SP/SP-M/PV/O/C-ON-M None SP

Option
Tr-H Transfer output upper limit *5 *5 *5
Tr-L Transfer output lower limit *5 *5 *5
Hbl HBA latch ON/OFF None OFF
CA Lb Motor calibration ON/OFF None OFF
MoT Travel time 1to999 Sec 1 120
P-db PV dead band Oto 9999 EU 0 1
rSPU Remote SP enable ON/OFF None OFF

rSPH Remote SP upper limit limit
EU 1300
rSPL Remote SP lower limit limit
EU -200
SP Tr SP tracking ON/OFF None OFF

*5 Set the transfer output type parameter according to the following table.
Transfer Output Type Transfer Output Lower Limit to Transfer Output Upper Limit
SP :Set point Set point lower limit to Set point upper limit
SP-M :Set ooint durina SP ramo Set ooint lower limit to Set ooint upper limit
PV :Process value Scalina lower limit to scalinQ upper limit
0 :Manipulated variable( heat) -5.0 to 105.0%
C-0 :Manioulated variable(cool\ 0.0 to 105.0%
V-M :Value openinQ -10.0 to 110.0%
• Default : SP
The output ranges of the SP settings, set point or process value when temperature input is selected are the ranges
supported by the selected sensor.
When the heating side manipulated variable or cooling side manipulated variable is selected, the transfer output lower
limit in a heating and cooling control becomes 0.0.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
12 PRESSURE SWITCH MBC 5000, 5100
Electrical connection
I.th ,, Input
~: Normally o\Ose<I {NC)
~tl.O.
J: Normal!)' opqn {NO)
+ Connee1ed to enclosure
al press11re controi
0 ..1 11.c.
Mechanical connection
Flange
Adjustment
p
lt> o3 1.,.-•3
""l>z "Z
~ Mechanlc31 difference

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
13 LEVEL SWITCH FTL 260
Liquiphant FTL 260 may be connected, commissioned, operated

and maintained by qualified and authorised personnel only.
Liquiphant FTL 260 must be hold by the housing, not by the sensor
forks
Do not bend, shorten or lengthen the sensors.

0

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
13.1 Instructions
Align sensor forks

Note mark T
v =o.. rnooo mm2/s
Test with test

magnet
,1/
-0-
/I'
•
~
'ti
Maintenance:
Removal of thick
encrustion

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
14 BALL VALVES, TYPES N2, NS AND N9
14.1 Operation
During operation the ball valves must be in either complete OPEN

or CLOSED position in order to ensure their smooth and efficient
working and long duration of seats. Leaving the ball in half open
position could eventually cause damage to the soft seats.
14.1.1 Manual operation
The opening and closing of the valve is done by turning the handle a
quarter turn (90°)
a.) valve is in open position when the handle is in line with the valve and 0
pipe line
b.) valve is in closed position when the handle is across the pipe line
14.1.2 Automated operation
Valve can be automatically operated by: A pneumatic actuators (DA or

SR), B hydraulic actuators, C electrical actuators, D gear box (manually
operated). In this case no stop is fitted on the valve since it is normally a
part of the actuator.
14.2 Maintenance
Before starting the maintenance, be sure that all pressure on the

pipe is relieved.
Open and close the ball valve at least once to release the pressure 0
completely also from the valve body.
the ball valves if correctly used, normally do not need any internal
lubrication and maintenance. However, when necessary, ball , or
seats can be replaced
only by relatively qualified personnel following the instruction of the
manual without needs to use any machinery
for further information about the recommended spare parts please
check drawing and contact Auramarine Ltd.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~-=..MARINE
14.2.1 Steam leakage
If leakage is evident on stem packing area, it can be eliminated by

increasing the tightness of the lock nut 28. In case leakage is still
persisting the replacement of the stem packing 3 is recommended. For
handle nut and lock nut (2A-2B) tightness see table.
14.2.2 Body seals leakage
Check for the tightness of the body bolts 16 according to table in case it
is still leaking, it is necessary to replace the body seals 11-18.
14.2.3 In line or seats leakage
Check that valve is in fully closed position if so and the leakage is

persisting the valve must be disassembled to replace damaged parts.
Safety precaution before removing the ball valve line for

disassembly
a.) check that all pressure is exhausted from the line (upstream and
downstream) and half open the ball to ensure that no pressure is
trapped in the body cavity. In other words it must be drained of
all fluid/gas and pressure.
b.) remove the valve from the line and cycle valve at minimum 1 full
cycle to ensure that any pressure trapped is released.
c.) If the fluid in the line and into the valve is toxic, inflammable,
corrosive or damaging for any other reason, it is advisable to
take following precaution during the valve repairing:
- use protective eye mask or glasses
- use gloves, overalls and suitable footwear
- ensure that running water and fire extinguisher is
easily available at any moment
14.3 Valve disassembly to inspect and/or replace body seals, seats, packing and
ball
a.) set the valve in open position and take out all body bolts 16 and
complete body from end connections
b.) close the ball and remove seats10, ball 9 and body seals 11-18, be
careful not to damage the ball
c.) remove handle nut A2, name plate, handle 1, stop washer 17, lock
nut 28, spring washer 4, gland packing 6
d.) push the stem 5 into the body 12. Remove packing rings 7 from body
and O'ring 8 plus thrust washer 7 from stem.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
14.4 Inspection and replacement
With the valve completely disassembled, clean and examine all the
following components:
a.) surface of the ball: any surface defect, particularly in the seating area
will be extremely detrimental to the performance of the valve and
therefore the ball should be replaced if found defective.
b.) seats: replacement or seats is recommended
c.) stem seals and body seals: also to be discarded and replaced by a
new one
d.) remaining components of the valve: after cleaning it is required a
careful examination for wear, corrosion and mechanical damages
particularly on threaded components. If components are found
defective they should be replaced. 12:\
v::;
14.5 Re-assembly
Clean inside of body and stem housing. A light oil/grease compatible with
line fluid can be used on ball, seats and stem surfaces.
14.5.1 Steam re-assembly
a.) replace thrust washer and O'ring 7-8 and then insert the stem from
the inside body
b.) install the packing ring 3, gland packing 6, spring washer4 and lock
nut 28 and tighten. To avoid rotation of stem, apply temporarily the
handle.
c.) install stop washer 17, handle 1, name plate, handle nut 2A and
tighten (see values given in the table)
14.5.2 Ball, seats and seals re-assembly, types N8 and N9
a.) insert the fourth seat into the body and then insert the ball
b.) insert the seat-retainer 23 together with the seat 10 and retainer-seal
18 and then repeat the operations on the opposite way. ONLY NOW
you can assemble then. 2 end-caps and tighten.
c.) repeat the operations on the third way (third and fourth in case of 4
ways).

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
-- -----
---- ·---------------------------------
14.5.3 Ball, seats and seals re-assembly, type N2
a) place the stem in closed position and insert the ball in the same
position
b) rotated in open position and then insert the seats and body seals
c) insert the center-piece between the end-caps and tighten bolts and
nuts firmly (see values given in table)
14.6 Testing
a.) after having completed the re-assembly check for the

manoeuvrability of the valve and make sure that ball rotates freely
b.) if facilities are available, test the ball valve to the appropriate
specification
14.7 Automated ball valves
a.) if the valve is automated, reinstall the actuator and please note that
the handle is not used. If necessary, reset the stops. First set- the
valve in open position and check that ball is fully open. Second set-
the valve in closed position and check, adjusting if necessary, for the
best closure.
b.) CAUTION! Valves with electrical actuators should be tested

starting from valve in: HALF OPEN - HALF CLOSED POSITION.
This is to ensure that electrical connection is all right and
rotation is correct. In case of wrong position switch off
electrical actuator'immediately and change the direction. Limit
and torque switches are ineffective if rotation is wrong.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
14.8 Tightness values for handle nut 2A-2B and body bolts 16, types N8 and N9
VALVE SIZE HANDLE NUT 2 A BODY BOLTS PART NO.

LOCK NUT 2 B 16
FULL RED DIMENSION NM INCH DIMENSIO NM INCH
BORE BORE LBS N LBS
Yi I M 10X1 8 70 M8X17 35 310
3/8 % M 10X1 8 70 M8X17 35 310
% % M 10X1 8 70 M8X17 35 310
% 1 M 12X1 .25 15 130 M10X22 50 440
1 1Yi M12X1.25 15 130 M10X22 50 440
1Yi 1% M15X1.5 25 220 M12X30 70 620
1% 2 M15X1.5 25 220 M12X30 70 620
2 2% M15X1 .5 25 220 M12X30 70 620
2% 3 M22X1.5 40 355 M12X35 70 620
3 4 M24X2 50 440 M12X35 70 620
fi"I
"=./
14.9 Tightness values for handle nut 2A-2B and body bolts 16, type N2
VALVE SIZE HANDLE NUT 2 A BODY BOLTS PART NO.

LOCK NUT 2 B 16
AND NUTS PART NO 19
FULL RED DIMENSION NM INCH DIMENSIO NM INCH
BORE BORE LBS N LBS
Yi I M 10X1 8 70 M8X47 35 310
3/8 % M 10X1 8 70 M8X47 35 310
% % M 10X1 8 70 M8X51 35 310
% 1 M 12X1.25 15 130 M10X64 50 440
1 1Yi M 12X1.25 15 130 M10X75 50 440
1Yi 1% M15X1 .5 25 220 M12X88 70 620
1% 2 M15X1.5 25 220 M12X95 70 620
14.10 Storage
t:i\
UV
Valves to be stored for a long time shall be checked by the quality control
personnel every 6 months; every 3 months when valves are actuated.
Maintenance during storage period:
a.) internal surface must be inspected to check complete dust or other

foreign parts absence
b.) old rust or any dust must be removed by wiping with proper solvent
c.) after cleaning, ball valves must be lubricated by using an adequate
lubricant
d.) ball valves must be operated for a least 2 complete cycles

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
- ---~-----------------------~--------
14.11 Spare parts
NB and N9
Item NO Q.TY PART NAME
1 1 Handle
··2· 1 Handle nut
**2b 1 Lock nut
*3 1 Packing ring
**4 2 Sorina washer
**5 1 Antistatic stem
6 1 Gland oackina
*7 1 Thrust washer
*8 1 0-rina stem
**9 1 Ball
*10 4 Seats
*11 3-4 Body seal
12 1 Body
13 3-4 End connections
14 1 Stoo-oin
16 16-20 Bolts
**17 1 Stop washer
*18 3-4 Retainer seal
23 3-4 Seat retainer
N2
Item NO Q.TY PART NAME
1 1 Handle
··2· 2 Nut
*3 1 Packina rina
**4 2 Sorina washer
**5 1 Antistatic stem
6 1 Gland packing
*7 1 Thrust washer
*8 1 0-rina stem
**9 1 Ball
*10 2 Seats
*11 2 Body seal
12 1 Body
13 2 End connections
14 1 Stop-pin
16 4 Bolts
**17 1 Stop washer
*18 2 Body seal
19 4 Nuts
* suggested materials after 2 years service

** suggested materials after 5 years service

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
15 PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE SPVF
Personnel who are responsible for the installation, operation and

the repair of the pressure limiting valve, must possess an
appropriate qualification; this can have been obtained through
training or relevant instruction. Such personnel must be acquainted
with the contents of this instruction.
During all work, the prevailing national regulations relating to

accident prevention and safety in the work place and, where
appropriate, internal regulations of the operator, must be adhered
to, even where these are not named in this introduction.
During all work and prior to installation, the connecting pipelines

must be de-pressurised! 0
The operator must ensure that these operating instructions are
accessible to the personnel concerned at all times.
Servicing and adjustments to the pressure limiting valve, which

require it to be dismantled, are only to be carried out by trained and
appropriately qualified personnel.
When dismantling the pressure-limiting valve, the components

must be directly protected from damage and soiling.
Fluids emerging from the valve must be collected and disposed of

in such a way that there is no danger to personnel or to the
environment. The currently applicable regulations must be
observed
0

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
------·-·-----
tr--=- AURA
'5"-::.. MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
43(172)
15.1 Description of operation
30 70 10
p --
The directly controlled pressure-limiting valves are used to protect low-

pressure circuits, up to a maximum pressure of 20 bar (SPVF 10, p max.
30 bar).
In a cast hydraulic housing 10, a valve spool 30 seals the pressure
chamber P from the reservoir connection T, when acted on by the
pressure spring 70. When the set pressure is reached, the valve spool
30 opens to create a connection between P and T. As the pressure in P
falls below the set pressure value, the valve closes.
10 30 70 40 20 110 120 100 80 90 50
p --
15.2 Constructions and spares

Item Description Item Description Item Description
10 Housing 50 Protecting cap 100 Vent (bleed)
20 Plug 70 Pressure cap 110 Flat seal
30 Valve spool 80 Threaded rod 120 0-Ring
40 Spring guide 90 Hexagonal nut

FIN-20101 TUR KU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~-=- AU!r:liA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 44(172)
~?=-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
15.3 Adjustment
The pressure limiting valve is set to the pressure required by the

customer. It may be necessary to carry out a check on the pressure
setting during commissioning, since different flow rates, oil viscosities
and pipe lengths can affect the response value. In such cases, a
manometer should be connected directly to the valve oil pressure
connection. Their characteristics are such that each of the four pressure
springs available is only suitable for a limited range of setting pressures.
These pressure ranges are specified in the "Spare parts list 58 601/4".
The pressure setting adjustment is made by removing the protecting cap
50 and loosening the hexagonal headed nut 90 on the threaded rod 80,
by means of an internal hexagon ring spanner.
Rotation to the right increases the pressure setting, rotation to the left
decreases the pressure. On achieving the desired pressure setting, the
hexagon headed nut 90 must be tightened and the cap 50.
15.4 Venting
Pressure limiting valves only operate correctly when all the voids within
the valve are filled with hydraulic fluid. If the installed attitude is incorrect,
air may collect in the spring chambers and lead to hydraulic shock. In
these circumstances the valve must be ventilated (bled). This is achieved
by unscrewing the vent screw 100 through one turn. Venting should
occur at low pressure and is complete when oil is discharged free of air
bubbles. After venting, the vent screw is tightened again.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
- --·----- -- ---------------------------------
16 AUTOMATIC VENT VALVE, G8070, F8071
7
291--~
29,r---..
rl:.'\
~r CD-·---+
@>-------· -@
~j)---
~ !------+
®--·--
Type G Type F
1 Housing cover: GG-25 or GGG-40.3

2 Housing seal: soft material (asbestosfree)
3 Lower part of housing: GG-251 GGG-40.3
complete with mount for control: SS 1.4104 and soft iron seal* (SS
1.4571) 0
4 Control screw: SS 1.4104
5 Set of stud DIN 939 with nuts: DIN 934 and washer DIN 125 (not
visible)
6 Plug: 9S20K
7 Float control complete: SS 1.4057/1.4112/1.4301/1.4541 (SS 1.4571 )"
8 Supporting structure with rotary-slide-valve and cotter pin*:
SS 1.4057/1.4301/1.4112/1.4541(SS1.4571)"
9 Float with fork: SS 1.4301 (SS 1.4571)
13 Set of studs: DIN 9391 with nuts DIN 934 ,
14 Flange: St 37-2
29 Seal: soft iron .
30 Seal: soft iron
* Individual parts cannot be delivered for reasons of tightness.
The float control assembly discharges air and gases from all liquid
carrying systems without time lag, independent of pressure and
temperature variations. With the float in the lower position the outlet
cross-section is open. Air and gases escape through the upturned
immersion tube. Rising of the liquid level lifts the float and causes to
close the outlet.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
17 CONTROL VALVE, TYPES BR440-446
Before putting a new plant into operation or restarting a plant after

repairs or modification, always make sure that:
-All installation and assembly work has been completed!

- The personnel is qualfied
- The valve is in the correct position for its function!
- Existing guards have been attached and in good order.
17 .1 Maintenance
Maintenance and maintenance intervals have to be defined by the

operator according to the service conditions (see TRB 700).
When dismantling the valve the following points must be observed beside
the general principals rules and TRB 700 governing the assembly work:
- pipe system must be pressureless
- medium must be cool
- plant must be drained
- piping system is purged in case of aggressive or caustic media
- the assembly work is performed only by qualified personnel

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
- --··~ --·--·-·-~··-·---------
17.1.1 Packings with PTFE V-ring unit
PTFE V-ring unit consists of 1 backing ring, 4 sealing

rings, 1 cover ring
Owing to the installed compression spring, this

spindle packing is self-adjusting. If the spindle starts
leaking, the ring pack is worn out and must be
replaced.
Replacing the PTFE V-rings:
Remove the actuator (see operating instructions for

actuator).
When replacing PTFE V-ring unit (12), make sure
that the parts are installed in the correct order and
positions.
Damaged spindles must also be replaced (see
chapter Replacing the plug, spindle and seating for
instructions) since a new ring pack will soon start
leaking again with a damaged spindle.
NOTE: Gasket ( 17) must be replaced.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
17 .1.2 Stuffing box packings
Stuffing box packings require maintenance.

If leaks develop, immediately tighten the screw joint
(25) gradually until the packing stops leaking.
The service life of stuffing box packings (23) can be 23
increased by checking regularly leakage.
If leaks can no longer be stopped by tightening the
nuts, a new packing ring must be inserted into the
gland.
Replacing a stuffing box packing:
- Insert the new packing ring

- If a split packing ring is used, cut with a chamfer
- Damaged spindles must also be replaced since a
new ring pack will soon start leaking again with a
damaged spindle.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4-=--=- AURA
~"=._MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
49(172)
17.1.3 Bellow Seal

, ..·-·2017
,,-:2010
If the spindle leaks, the bellow seal is defective. /
The leak can initially be stopped by tightening the

screw joint (20.17).
_,-11
,.//rotated
.1 ,,.,...-·--vrew-
9
Replacing the bellow seal:
- Remove the actuator (see operating instructions for

actuator).
- Slacken the screw joint (20.17) by about one turn.
- Remove the bellows housing by unscrewing the nuts
(11 ).
- Remove the plug
- Detach the mounting bonnet (20.2) after unscrewing
the nuts (20.8).
20.6
- Extract the spindle from the bellows housing.
- Drill new spindle with plug.
- Replace 2 seals (20.6) and 1 seal (9).
- Assemble in the reverse order. Screw on the nuts (11,
20.8) and tighten them crosswise (See page 9 for
tightening torque's).
(The spindle can only be replaced complete with
bellows.)
r--=__.,. ·- 3

FIN·20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
17.1.4 Replacing the Plug, Spindle and Seating
- Remove the actuator (see operating instructions for

actuator)
a) Control valves
- Detach the mounting bonnet (7).

- Slacken screw joint (19) by about one turn.
- Extract and replace the plug with spindle.
- Replace the gasket (9).
- Set the mounting bonnet cover in place and secure
it with nuts (11) tightened crosswise.
Plug and spindle can only be replaced completely.
b) Control Valves with Bellow Seal
- Unscrew the nuts (11 ).

- Remove the bellows housing (20.1) with plug (3).
- Keep the spindle pressed down.
- Remove the clamping sleeve (4).
- Unscrew the plug (3).
- Fit the new plug in the reverse order.
- Drill the plug and insert new pin.
The spindle can only be replaced complete with bellows
c) Replacing the Seating Ring (only Fig. 55.445 and Fig. 55.446)
The seating ring is screwed into the valve body and can be unscrewed 121
for replacement or remachining. A special wrench is needed to remove
w
the seating. It can be obtained from the manufacturer.
When fitting a new or reconditioned seating, clean thread and sealing

taper in body and apply suitable lubricant.
See below for scat ring tightening torque's.
ON 15/20 100 Nm
ON 25/32 150 Nm
ON 40/50 350 Nm
DN65 480 Nm
DN80 660 Nm
DN100 980 Nm

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
----·---
d) Pressure-balanced Plug
Replacing the Seals
- Detach valve top part and remove plug

(replace if necessary).
- Prise worn piston seal (32) out of groove
in plug with suitable tool (e.g. screwdriver).
- Insert new piston seal, taking care that it
is in the correct position
- Replace guide ring (31).
- Clean sliding surface of guide bush (30);
smooth with fine abrasive if necessary.
- Before assembly, remember that two
seals (9) must be replaced.
- Set valve top part in place.
- Tighten the hexagon nuts of the cover gradually crosswise.
Tightening torque for hexagon nuts:
Bolts Torque
M10 20 Nm
M12 35 Nm
M16 80 Nm

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
17.2 Troubleshooting
Fault Possible cause Corrective measures
No flow Valve closed. Open valve (using actuator).

Flange covers not removed. Remove flange covers.
Little flow Valve not sufficiently open. Open valve (using actuator).
Dirt sieve clogged. Clean I replace sieve. Relieve
pressure first!
PipinQ system cloQQed. Check pipinQ system.

Kvs value of valve unsuitable. Fit valve with higher Kvs value.
Valve spindle Stuffing box sealing too tight (for valves Slacken screw joint (25/20.17)
moves in jerks. with graphite packings). slightly. Valve must nor start
leaking!
Valve plug slightly seized owing to solid Clean internals, smooth rough
dirt particles. spots.
Valve spindle or Seating and plug clogged with dirt; Clean seating and plug with
plug cannot be especially with V-port and perforated suitable solvent.
moved. plugs.
Replace plug and seating; use
Valve plug seized in seating or guide
parts made from different
owing to deposits or dirt in medium.
material if necessary.
Valve spindle PTFE V-ring unit damaged or worn. Replace ring pack
leaking.
In valves with packed stuffing boxes, Tighten screw joint (25); replace
tighten sleeve nut (25). packing if necessary.
Bellows defective in valves with bellow Replace bellows unit.

seal.
Leakage too Sealing surfaces of plug eroded or Replace plug
high when valve worn.
is closed.
Sealing edge of seating damages or Replace seating (see point 8.5),
worn. (only Fig ... .445/446)
Piston sealing ring worn (pressure-

balanced valves). Replace sealing ring.
Seating and/or plug dirty. Clean internals of valve.
Pneumatic actuator not completely Vent actuator air chamber

vented; spring force not fully effective. completely.
Actuator not powerful enough. Install more powerful actuator.
Check service data.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
18 THRUST ACTUATOR, TYPE PREMIO
Before starting up a new system or restarting a system after repairs

or conversion, check:
Correct completion of all installation/assembly work!
Circuits of the system in accordance with DIN VOE regulations
and regulations of the relevant power supply company as well
as compliance with all safety regulations, especially TRB 700.
Hood of thrust actuator assembled.
Start up only by qualified personnel
While in operation, the thrust actuator has moving and rotating

parts as well as being integrated in an electrical network system.
Improper handling or failure to observe the operating instructions
or the valid regulations may lead to death, grievous bodily injury or
substantial property damage!
When dismantling the thrust actuator the following points are to be

observed:
Dismantlement of the thrust actuator from the fitting must only
to be carried out by suitably qualified personnel.
Regard TRB 700.
The supply line for connecting up the thrust actuator must be in
the dead state i.e. disconnected while dismantlement work is
being carried out. After being disconnected, the mains power
must be prevented from being switched back on again
accidentally.
The system must be run down (depressurised state) as the valve
cone is not held without the thrust actuator and would thus be
conducted by the system pressure.
The thrust actuators are employed to actuate control or shut-off valves

requiring a nominal linear stroke distance of up to 80 mm and thrust from
2.2 kN to 15 kN. The thrust actuators are set to the thrust forces
specified in the technical data.
The thrust actuator, fitted with a yoke or columns, is mounted to the

valve. Transfer of force is effected via a coupling safeguarded against
torsion. The torsion safeguarding feature also serves as a lift indicator.
The lift settings can be read off on a lift dial attached to the yoke or
between the 2-ear clamps mounted to the column.
The electrical components are accommodated separately from the

gearbox underneath a sealed hood, thus being protected against
operating and environmental effects. Following removal of the hood, easy
access is provided to the switch gear and indicating feature. The rotary
motion of the motor is transmitted to the spindle nut by means of spur
gear. The drive spindle, which is safeguarded against torsion, screws its
way into the spindle nut and thus performs a pull or push motion

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
iiG-=- Al!.JRA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 54(172)
LP"VE-=.. MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
depending on the sense of rotation. In the final positions of the valve, the
spindle nut is pressed against a set of springs so as to produce closing
force.
The motor is switched off by means of two load-dependent switches and

one stroke-dependent switch. The load-dependent switches will also
switch off the motor if foreign bodies have lodged themselves between
the valve seat and cone. The load-dependent switches serve to protect
the valve and thrust actuator against damage.
18.1 Manual operation
18.1.1 2.2 - 5 Kn
The handwheel always rotates during motor-driven operation

(running indicator). Never activate manual operation while the 0
motor is running. Injury hazard!
In the manual operating mode pay careful attention in the final

positions that the handwheel is only turned to the point where the
torque switch trips (audible click) as otherwise damage will be
caused to the thrust actuator! Since the handwheel always follows
during motor-driven operation (running indication), never operate
by hand while the motor is running -potential injury hazards!
With the motor in the stationary state, the thrust actuator can be run in
the open and closed state with the handwheel firmly meshed with the
gear.
Proceed as follows:
-Swing out lever (50.12.1) from handwheel

(50.12). 0
-Turning in clockwise direction--> closes valve.
-Turning in counter-clockwise direction-->
opens valve

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
18.1.2 12-15Kn
Do not attempt to engage manual operation until the motor has

stopped. Switching over while the motor is running may damage the
thrust actuator.
In the manual operating mode pay careful attention in the final

positions that the handwheel is only turned to the point where the
torque switch trips (audible .click) as otherwise damage will be
caused to the thrust actuator!
With the motor in the stationary state, the thrust actuator can be run in
the open and closed state with the engageable handwheel.
Proceed as follows:
- Fold the turning handle out of the handwheel (A)
- Turn the handwheel slightly and push in the engaging button for manual
mode (8)
-7 the button engages
- Turning in clockwise direction -7 closes valve
- Turning in counter-clockwise direction -7 opens valve
The motor is no longer in mesh when the handwheel is engaged. The

handwheel is automatically disengaged when the motor starts and the
motor is once more in mesh.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
18.2 Settings
The thrust actuator may only be operated for a short time without
the hood for unavoidable setting operations to the potentiometers,
travel switches and the electrical options. While these operations
are in progress, the thrust actuator has hazardous, live, uninsulated
parts exposed as well as moving and rotating parts.
Improper execution of the setting operations or lack of care may

cause death, grievous bodily injury or substantial property damage.
Operation of the thrust actuator without the hood for any purpose
other than that described above is strictly prohibited.
0
18.2.1 Torque and travel switches -standard feature
As standard, thrust actuators are equipped with a load-dependent travel

switch for the closing direction (S1 ), a load-dependent travel switch for
the opening direction (S2) and a stroke-dependent travel switch for the
opening direction (S3). The load-dependent travel switches (S1, S2)
switch off the motor as soon as the factory-set thrust force is attained.
The settings of load-dependent travel switches must on no account

whatsoever be changed!
The stroke-dependent travel switch (S3) switches off the motor as soon
as the lift or stroke is attained. If the thrust actuator is supplied on a
straight through valve, the stroke-dependent travel switch S3 is set in
such a way that the motor of the thrust actuator is switched off as soon
as the maximum valve-lift is attained.
If the thrust actuator is supplied on a three-way valve, the trip cam 0
belonging to travel switch S3 is set in the opening direction in the trip
slide to such a downward extent that the upper final position of the valve
is attained prior to travel switch S3 being reached, thus causing the load-
dependent travel switch S2 to switch off the motor.
For this function, all three switches reveal interlock-controlled circuitry on

the board. If the standard travel switches are to be integrated directly into
the facility control system, the standard board can be replaced by
optional boards PA or NA (only 2.2- 5 kN).

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
18.2.2 Connection boards PA or NA (only 2.2- 5 kN)
On connection boards PA or NA, the standard travel switches S11/S21,

S 12/S22 and S 13/S23 do not reveal interlock-controlled circuitry and can
be integrated individually into the facility control system.
The 3 contacts on each of the switches S11/S21,S12/S22 and S13/S23,
designed as double-throw contacts, are -in the case of these boards -
brought out on terminals 40-48 and can be freely connected.
The switches on the PA optional board (standard-voltage connection
board) are designed for switching capacities of up to 1OA, 250V AC.
The switches on the NA optional board (low-voltage connection board)
are designed for switching capacities of up to 0.1 A, 4-30V (gold
contacts).
18.2.3 Potentiometers
The potentiometers are used for electrical position acknowledgement on

the facility control system or for the options -electronic position controller
ES11 or electronic position indicator Rl21
If the thrust actuator is supplied with the valve and built-in potentiometer,
the potentiometer is assembled and set ready for operation.
18.3 Putting the actuator into operation
Actuator components which rotate or move during operation are

coloured red. Crushing or injury hazard!
Make sure that -all works has been completed and hood of thrust
actuator ass em bled.
When placing into service proceed as follows:
Using the handwheel, run the thrust actuator to approximately mid lift
position.
- Apply brief pulses to the thrust actuator for each direction of
movement and check whether the directions of movement
correspond to those desired. If this is not the case, the pulse lines.
governing the opening and closing action must be exchanged on the
thrust actuator.
Run thrust actuator to the final position in each direction of movement
and check whether it switches off automatically and whether all
externally moving parts are able to move freely.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
j(--=- AURA
'&'-::..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
58(172)
If failing to function properly, check all installation and setting work

previously carried out, correcting if necessary, and afterwards place
into service once again.
18.4 Diagram
Yoke Version Column Version
S0.6
50.7
50.5
50.12 S0.4
50.2
50.1
50.16 50.26
50.30
50.17
50.34
50.23 502
50.31
50.32
50.U 50.87
50.27
50.47 50.53 so 52 50.51 50.56
50.55
so.so
50.54
50.43
50.38
S0.46 50.l9
50.37
50.45
50.56 5036
50.11
50.57 ......_____..q,..-7Jf""- 50.40
50.41
50.42

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4--=- AURA
'&'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
59(172)
18.5 Maintenance
The thrust actuator requires very little maintenance. Accordingly

maintenance in specified intervals is not necessary. Depending on the
conditions governing use, the maintenance and maintenance-intervals
have to be defined by the operator (see TRB 700).
The thrust actuator must not be cleaned with high-pressure equipment or
aggressive solvents or detergents injurious to health or highly
inflammable. During and after cleaning, an inspection should be carried
out of the sealing points on the thrust actuator. If there is any sign of
lubricant escaping or dirt having accumulated, the sealing elements must
be repaired.
18.6 Dismantlement of thrust actuator
The supply line for connecting up the thrust actuator must be in the
dead state i.e. disconnected while dismantlement work is being
carried out. After being disconnected, the mains power must be
prevented from being switched back on again accidentally.
The system must be run down (depressurised state) as the valve

cone is not held without the thrust actuator and would thus be
conducted by the system pressure.
Valve plug approximately in mid lift position -on no account

supported inside a seat!
To dismantle the thrust actuator proceed as follows:
Loosen counter-sunk screw in hood, carefully remove hood.

Disconnect all cables led into thrust actuator from outside and
remove from thrust actuator.
Place hood on carefully from above and fix in place with counter-sunk
screw and rubber gasket.
Loosen grub screw inside torsion safety feature; screw coupling out
of torsion safety feature .
Loosen clamping bolts connecting the thrust actuator to the fitting.
Remove thrust actuator from valve.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
18.7 Troubleshooting
In the event of malfunctions or disturbances in operation, compare the

data referring to operating voltage, actuating signal and temperature to
the data specified on the layout drawing of the control system. Also
check whether the given operating conditions correspond to those
specified in the data sheet or to the technical data specified on the type
identification plate.
All relevant safety regulations must be observed when carrying out the
troubleshooting procedure, especially TRB 700.
Contact the supplier/manufacturer if faults cannot be rectified on the
basis of the following "troubleshooting table".
G\
1..:::.)

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
------. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --~------------------
18.7.1 Troubleshooting table
Fault Possible Causes Remedy

Thrust actuator Power failure Ascertain and eliminate cause
fails to move Fuse has blown Replace fuse
Thrust actuator not properly Rectify connection on thrust
connected actuator in accordance with
circuit diaaram
Short circuit due to: Ascertain exact cause,
-moisture -Dry the thrust actuator and
eliminate leakage
-wrong connection -Rectify connection on thrust
actuator in accordance with
circuit diagram
-motor has burned out -Check whether the mains
voltage agrees with the voltage
specified on the rating plate.
Have motor chanaed.
Connector contacts not plugged Insert connector firmly in jack
in/not properly plugged into jack strip thus affected
strip
(Only for 12- 15 kN) Handwheel Unscrew the motor mounting
is still engaged and does not screw closest to the cable feed
disengage when the motor starts through. (Manual release of the
up handwheel disengagement
mechanism. )
Thrust actuator Motor operating capacitor Have motor operating capacitor
alternates defective replaced
between clockwise
and counter-
clockwise rotation
Thrust actuator Load-dependent limit switches Remove thrust actuator and send
fails to run to final out of adjustment I defective to factory for repair
positions and also Voltage drop due to excessively Lay connecting cables in
produces chatter long connecting cables or accordance with requisite output
inadequate conductor cross-
section
Mains fluctuations beyond Arrange for "clean" mains system
permissible tolerance limits within requisite tolerances
System pressure too hiqh Reduce system pressure
Periodic failure on Loose connection on feedline Tighten connections on terminal
thrust actuator strips
Thrust actuator is Travel switch S3 not set Set travel switch S3 in
switched off in corresponding to use accordance with operating
opening direction instructions
prior to load-
dependent switch
(threewav valve)

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
19 VALVE, SERIES 776000
PASSAtm DA. il'lf5 A. f.JN~O

T"-CffD THfUIJ-1 Tif OOJY F~~ 0~15 FO DN~O
[~ c;;i
I.. 'f (f'N' 15)
1 Body R
2 End connection
3 Ball
4 Ball seats @
5 Rings
6 Thrust washer
7 Ring
8 Stem seat ~
\Q
9 Packing gland --+-IHH+--lfl--i~-f+-H i£ 0
10 End stop
11 Spring washer
12 Nut
13 Stem
14 Handle
s

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
· - - - - · - · -.. --------------~-----------------
_,'=-.=. AURA
•-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
. 63(172)
20 SWITCHBOX, SERIES W AUTOMAX
SQUARE
20.1 Adjusting limit switches
Disconnect power before removing the cover!
Make the actuator/valve system rotate CW, then adjust as

follows
Pull the BOTTOM cam to disengage it from splines,
then rotate it CW just until switch trips. Reengage the
cam with splines.
Make the actuator/valve system rotate CCW.
Push the TOP cam to disengage it from splines, then
rotate it CCW just until switch trips. Reengage the cam
with splines.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
(1_~)
1 cam shaft
2 washer
3 lower shaft 0-ring
4 body
S pharos cover
Sa metal cover
Sb flat cover
6 terminal strip
7 cam springs
8 pharos rotor
9 pharos rotor screw
10 shaft retainers
11 cams
12 limit switch
13 cover 0-ring
14 printed circuit board
1S PCB screw
16 elastic pins
17 shaft snap ring
18 metal position indicator
19 washer
20 blind nut
21 upper shft 0-ring
22 position indicator screw
23 position indicator
24 enclosure screw
2S identification nameplate
26 plug PG 13.S

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
21 VALVE, 2/2-WAY, TYPES 82400 AND 82410
101 Valve body

102 Valve cover
*103 Diaphragm
104 Socket head cap screw
*105 Pressure spring
400 Solenoid
701 Core tube
*702 0-ring
703 Screw piece
*704 Pressure spring
*705 Core
706 Spring clip
707 0-ring
1400 Socket (included)
*These individual parts form a complete wearing unit.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~-=- AlU~A. INSTRUCTION MANUAL 66(172)
L!!J!n'S'-::.. MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
22 ACE SCREW PUMPS
Before any work, read this instruction carefully! Failure to comply with these
instructions may cause damage and personal injury!
All work carried out on the pump has to be performed in such a manner that
risks for personal injury are observed!
When handling liquids that may harm skin, use gloves and/or protective
clothing.
Before any maintenance work, ensure that the driver is de-energised and the
pump hydraulically isolated.
Connecting and disconnecting of electric cables must be done by personnel 0

authorised to do such work.
When handling liquids, which may involve fire hazards, appropriate

precautions to avoid danger are to be taken.
In case of failure for a system with elevating pressure fluid jets may cause
injury and/or damage.
Oil leakage may make the floor slippery and cause personal injury.
If the pumps operating temperature exceeds 60°C, let the pump cool off
before any service, maintenance or dismantling work is commenced to avoid
bum injury.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
-- ---·--·-----
Sectional view of ACE3 screw pump
451
125 (xTxx. xQxx)
113
440 (614) (615) (608A) 6000 (608) (6UO)
501
C-C ,--1 E-E

l
r1. 11.
1
!.~::, ··.-.J
:
'=1 t ;1: (.4; )
!
I
I
I
uUi-.. 1
~u
I
I
J
'\··-·
~
• }'.:l \
.~- ,~¥ ·!
l
I
I ~-- 1· L\ \ _}
f'
. \o»'{"
i .S.37 ~1:!7 i\
l __ j
(xQxx)

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
AU~A INSTRUCTION MANUAL 68(172)
~-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
22.1 Start-up of ACE and ACG pumps
22.1.1 Before starting
After installation and whenever it can be assumed that the pump has
been emptied, the pump must be thoroughly filled with liquid. See figure
below.
For ACE Generation 3, ACG Generation 6 and ACF Generation 4

delivered after 1997, the pumps has been fitted with deaeration plugs
making venting of the shaft seal compartment easy before start-up. In
installations with positive suction pressure: After opening the inlet and
outlet valves, simply open the deaeration plug a few turns until oil sips
out. Tighten the plug.
In installation with negative suction pressure: After opening the inlet and 0
outlet valves, remove the deaeration plug and fill the shaft seal
compartment with oil. Fit and tighten the plug. See fig. 16. Note! Not
applicable on LPQ/ABQ.
Dr.1rrnt irlf1
plug
lJ1~11:ra tir~t
plug
Fig. 15 Frrlirig tlu· pmllfJ
Make sure the prime mover is locked out

lJr.wralforr ping
0
and cannot be started accidentally.
Rotate the shaft by hand while filling the pump

to ensure that the rotor bores and the shaft
seal cavity is filled. On the smaller pumps
(LPD, ACD, ACE, ACG/UCG), this is done by Vig. 11wr. m:ra11nr1pl11gs
rotating the electric fan motor after removing the fan cover.
Do not forget to fit the motor fan cover again before making start of
motor possible.
Starting a dry pump is likely to cause damage, especially to the

shaft seal.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
··-------- - - - - · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - - - - - - -
22.1.1.1 Direction of rotation
When the pump is ready to be started, switch the motor briefly on and off
and check that the drive motor rotates in the correct direction as
indicated by the rotation arrow.
The arrow is placed on different spots depending on the pump series.
Do not mix up with arrow for inlet and outlet!
Fig. lllJiw.r:tiim r.( mtntlm1
22.1.2 Starting ACE and ACG pumps
Check that all valves necessary for the operation are fully opened in both
discharge and suction lines. The first time, the pump should be started
with the adjusting spindle of the pressure relief valve tightened to half of
the available turns (the valve setting is increased when the spindle is
turned clockwise). By monitoring the pressure gauge it can be
determined when the suction line is primed and the pump begins to work.
Should the pump not operate normally soon after start, stop the pump
within half a minute. Start again after about 3-5 minutes (the shaft seal
must have time to cool off) and run for half a minute. This procedure may
need to be repeated a couple of times if the suction line is extremely
long. Should the pump still not work, it must be assumed there is a
problem in the system that needs to be remedied. Check the suction line
calculation on page 5 and/or see "Trouble shooting", which is explained
later.
Pumps with external ball bearing including grease nipple, must be

regreased after one hour of running, while the pump is operating.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~=- AU~A. INSTRUCTION MANUAL 70(172)
~VE-=.. MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
22.1.2.1 Setting the pressure relief valve
The setting of the opening pressure is made as follows: Tighten the valve
spindle by rotating clockwise to the maximum extent. The system
pressure is regulated by throttling to required value. The pressure relief
valve is eased until the pressure is just beginning to decrease by turning
the spindle CCW The valve is now preset for desired opening pressure.
Open the throttling valve entirely.
NOTE: The set screw on LPD is hidden behind a plate.
22.1.2.2 Adjusting the tuning
The tuning adjustment, which is a standard feature on ACF/UCF and

LPQ (option on ACG/UCG and ABQ) pumps, is a device for minimizing
the effects of dissolved and free air in lube oil systems. The tuning 0
principle is described in the Product Description. The tuning should be
adjusted while the pump is working under normal operating conditions.
This is done by turning the tuning spindle with an Allen key (size 8 mm
for ACG/UCG , 12 mm for ACF/ UCF and LPQ ) to a position where the
noise level comes to a minimum.
Setting of tuning of the ACG/UCG and ACF/UFC:
1. Before starting the setting, check that the setting screw (8 mm:
ACG/UCG, 12 mm: ACF/UCF, socket head cap screw on the
discharge side) are closed.
Turn the screw CCW until the noise level becomes the lowest
(if turned too much the noise will increase again)
Once set, the tuning needs no further adjustment, providing the operating
conditions stay the same. 0
NOTE:
It is not possible to accidentally turn the tuning spindle too far.
If operating temperature exceeds 60°C (149°F), appropriate

measures to avoid skin contact shall be provided.
Use hearing protections whenever high noise can be expected from

pump, motor and/or environment.
Fig 18: Adjusting the tuning

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~---- --------
LS--=- AURA
~-=.MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
71(172)
22.2 Maintenance
The intervals for inspection and replacement of wear parts vary greatly
with the properties of the pumped liquid and can only be determined by
experience. Pumping liquid, which contain abrasive materials or liquid
that is corrosive, will significantly reduce service life and call for shorter
service intervals. Wear will normally show as abnormal:
- Vibration
- Noise
- Loss of capacity
- Reduction in flow/pressure
- Leakage
For maintenance the following spare part sets are recommended:
Set: ITo be used:

G057 IJoint kit
For dismantling the pump
I G053 . IMinor kit
G054 Ma"or kit

For re air after dama
Ordering example: For IMO-pump ACE 032N3 NVBP, serial number

456789: Shaft seal pos. G050 pin 189964. Valve element pos. G070 p/n
189873.
22.2.1 Inspection of shaft seal
Excessively leaking shaft seals (more than 10 droplets per hour) should
be changed without delay, as the leakage normally will grow worse and
cause additional damage.
In installations, where unplanned shutdowns must be avoided, it is

advisable to dismantle the pump for a thorough inspection and thereby
change out shaft seal and ball bearing every three years as a max.
period.
It is recommended always to have the spares included in minor spare

part kit available.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
22.2.2 Inspection of rotors
A quick inspection of the idler rotors can be made simply by removing the
rear cover. Note that the driver must be de-energised and the pump
hydraulically isolated before the rear cover is removed. If a more
thorough investigation is needed, proceed as under "Dismantling/Re-
assembly".
Useful tools
I l 1:~:~! ~ ~ DI! J~.,,

Scn•w
Sj)ill1H('f'
JO mm
/'la.slit
1w1lfor
D=25,5mm Srre11
dri1~·r
~
~
~
L__J
l'uller
Ii><1/ J Tool 2
Slidi"g c;i/liper
For dim<'nsion nnd material.
plraw co111art IMO Al! Servin>.
22.2.3 Shaft seal - assembly drawing
Shaft seal G050 (509)
\!ersion weir xVxx

SJ Sear
S2 0-ring
S4 Seal ring
56 0-ring
Sl Spring unit
SB Stop screw
Seal rewining log
Swtimwry nwmbr.r l?otaling m1•mbm-
Version coclc x'fxx

S3 SJ Scat
I 52 0-ring
S3 Retainer
S4 St'al ring
55 Carrier
S6 0-rlng
57 Spring unit
SB Stop.screw
+ St'con<fary Sl'al J25
Stariotlill}' mem/Jer J?otmi11g 11w111ber
Version code xQxx
s.i. S7 is one unit
x 'J'xx + Comp/rte
S<'a/Guarci 7:110

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
------ ---------------------------------------------
22.2.4 Dismantling
A.
• Turn the electricity OFF
• Close the valves
• Remove the pump from the system.
ATTENTION
Use appropriate vessels to

collect oil spillage
when removing and opening
the pump
B.
• Note the position of the shaft coupling
• Release the stop screw
c.
• Remove the shaft coupling

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
D.
0 Remove the key 113
E.
0 Remove the screws 451
F.
0 Remove the front cover 501 and
power rotor 1020

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
----h - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - - -
G.
• Separate the front cover 501
and the power rotor 1020.
501
H. xTxx and xQxx
• Remove the secondary seal 125 with a

Suitable screw driver.
50./
I.
• Place the front cover 501 on a pair

of wooden pieces.
• Press out the shaft seal,
stationary member with a suitable tool.
xTxx
xQxx

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
J-xVxx.
• Loosen the shaft seal rotating member.
K. xTxx and xQxx
• Insert two suitable screw drivers

in the carrier 85 slots and gently 0
push the rotating member 84, 87.
off the rotor shaft
• Loosen the two stop screws 88
(3mm Allen key) on the carrier 85
and pull it off.
58
L.
• Remove and inspect the idler rotors 202.

0

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
22.2.5 Re-assembly
A.
• Lubricate the idler rotors and fit them into pump.
body 401
B.
• Un-pack a new shaft seal 509 xVxx xTxx, xQxx
• Check that the 0-ring S6 is in place.
C. xVxx.
• Polish the power rotor shaft 1020 with a fine emery

And oil. 122
• Fit the rotating member above the ball bearing 122
and lock it with its stop screws S8.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
AIUIRA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 78(172)
'5'-::..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
D. xTxx and xQxx.
• Polish the power rotor shaft 1020 with

a fine emery and oil.
• Fit the carrier SS tight against the ball bearing.
Make sure the carrier is not fitted upside down.
• Firmly tight the two stop screws SB.
• Lubricate the 0-ring S6 in the rotating member
with oil.
• Press the rotating member S4, S7 gently on to
the rotor shaft and make sure the driving lugs enters
the slots in the carrier SS.
E. © .
• Insert the Power rotor 1020

Into the pump body 401.
F. xTxx and xQxx
• Press the Secondary seal 125 r::-..

in place with a suitable tool w
in two steps as shown.
Use a column drill machine
as a press tool.
NOTE!
Tool nr 2 has one end for sizes 02S, 032
and one end for size 038.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
":"'-::..MARINE
G. xVxx
• Fit the spring unit S? in place.

Note the position for the Seat slots and lugs
• Lubricate the 0-ring S2 and put it on the seat S1.
Fit the seat S1 on top of the spring unit.
Watch position of the Seat slots and lugs.
• Press the seat gently into the recess in the
front cover 501 with a suitable tool as shown.
• Turn the front cover 501 up-side down. The
seat shall now remain in the cover.
H. xTxx and XQxx

'fool 1
• Fit the retainer S3 in place. Note the
retainer lugs and cover slots.
~~
~.,.,..
• Lubricate the 0-ring S2 and put it on the seat S 1. ~ 52

~-
Fit the seat S 1 on top of the retainer.
Watch the position of the seat slots and lugs.
SOI ~ ...... 53
• Press the seat gently into the recess in the
front cover 501 with a suitable tool as shown.
• Turn the front cover 501 up-side down. The
seat shall now remain in the cover.
I.
• Replace the gasket 506 .

• Carefully fit the front cover 501 on the pump . 501

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
AURA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 80(172)
s-=.MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
J.
o Fit the screw 451.

o Tight them crosswise, step by step to
avoid deformation on bearing outer ring
and seal damages.
o Turn the shaft to check that it moves without
too much force.
K.
0 Fit the key 113 back in place. ©
L.
0 Press on the shaft coupling to its original position. 1

0 Tighten the stop screw
0 Install the pump back into the system and proceed
According to instructions under "Start-up"
17""\
~
AURAMARINE LTD P.OBOX 849 Tel+ 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
22.3 Pressure relief valve
551
ATTENTION spring tension
Release spring tension by turning set- 6.120

screw 6120 CCW as much as
possible.
Loosen and remove the screws 453.
Separate the valve element from the

rear cover 551.
If necessary, replace the gasket 556

and the 0-ring 605.
Fig. 29
Reassemble the parts in reverse
order. Be careful to tighten the screws 453 crosswise.
Readjust the valve pressure according to the "Installation and start-up",

which is explained later.
22.4 Recharging of Sealguard
1) Disconnect the pipe connector (4) from the dispenser (2). Remove
the check valve (3).
2) Remove the cover disk (10). Remove the gas generator (9) from the
dispenser (2) with a 21 mm socket. Dispose the generator in the
recycling system for batteries, where available. Push the piston to its
"filled" position, and fill the dispenser with high-temperature resistant
engine oil. Fit the check valve (3) and the connector (4) to the
dispenser.
3) Feed oil into the hose (5) and seal compartment, for example with an
oil-filled grease gun. Reconnect the hose (5) to the connector (4).
4) Fit a new gas generator (9) to the dispenser (2). Tighten with appr. 2
Nm. Clip on the cover disk (10).
5) Turn the gas generator set knob (3 mm Allen key) to no. 6, which will
make the oil last for about three months.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
ATTENTION
The SealGuard can be readjusted or switched off during operation.
Depending on temperature and setting, it can take from hours to a

couple of days after starting, until oil is being dispensed.
NOTE!
For longer periods of stand-by, the gas generator set knob could be
set to zero to avoid unnecessary oil consumption.
Keep away from open fire when

removing the gas generator.
~1
Must be open
0
5
Fig. 30

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
22.5 Trouble shooting
Problem Cause What to do

Wrong direction of rotation. Electric cables to motor wrongly connected. Reverse the terminal connection on
electric motor.
Connecting and disconnecting of

electric cables must be done only by
personnel authorised to do such
work.
The pump cannot be primed. Wrong direction of rotation. See above.
Suction line is not open or pressure drop in Check all components in suction
the suction line is too high. line. The inlet condition should be
checked with a vacuum gauge at
the pump inlet.
Major air leakage into the suction line. Check the suction line.
The pump cannot evacuate the air through See the chapter on "Deaeration".
the discharge line due to excessive counter
pressure.
No flow. The pump is not primed. See above.
The pressure relief valve is set below the Readjust the pressure relief valve to
counter pressure. a value above counter pressure.
Flow too low. The pressure relief valve is set too low Readjust the pressure relief
(Discharge pressure also low). Valve
Something is restricting the flow in the Check all components in the suction
suction line (this would usually cause line (strainers, valves etc.).
noise).
The pumped liquid contains a significant See the chapter on "Noise and
amount of compressible gas, such as free Vibration". (later).
air (this would usually cause noise).
Pressure too low. The pressure relief valve is set too low. Readjust the pressure relief valve.
Counter pressure in the discharge line is Check the components in the

too low due to a major leakage. discharge line inclusive the
recipients.
The valve piston is stuck in open position. Check the valve. See "Maintenance
and Service" instruction for
respective pump.
Something is restricting the flow in the Check all components in the suction
suction line (this would usually cause line (strainers, valves etc.).
noise).
The pumped liquid contains a significant See the chapter on "Noise and
amount of compressible gas, such as free Vibration". (later).
air (this would usually cause noise).
A too small pump has been chosen. Contact Auramarine Ltd.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4--=- AURA
e'-::..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
84(172)
Disturbance Cause What to do

Pressure too high. The pressure relief valve is set Readjust the pressure relief valve.
too high.
The oil is too cold (or has higher Reduce the pressure setting until
viscosity than anticipated). operational temperature has been
reached.
Counter pressure in the discharge line is Check the discharge line.

too high.
Drive motor difficult to start Counter pressure too high. See above: Pressure too high.
or tends to stop by tripping
the motor overload relay. Liquid too cold. Readjust the pressure relief valve to
a lower value. Thus the power
consumption for the pumping is
relieved and overloading due to the
high viscosity may be avoided.
When the liquid has reached normal
temperature and thus flows easily,
the relief valve is reset to normal
pressure.
Motor is undersized for the prevailing Check the motor.

conditions.
Electrical power supply faulty. Check the motor and motor

connection.
Motor overload relay set too low Readjust or replace the relay
or is faulty.
Incorrect setting of Y/D starter Readjust the setting of starting

sequence. The time before the
motor overload relay is tripped
should not exceed 10-15 seconds.
Noise and vibrations. The flow to the pump is insufficient. See chapter: The flow is too low.
Monitor the pump function Insufficient support of pipe Check for pipe vibrations in the
and shutdown if any sign of work. pump connections. Check that the
malfunction is noticed. pipes are sufficiently clamped.
Bad alignment. Check alignment.
Air leakage into the suction line. Check the suction line for air
leakage.
Free air in the liquid or gas For pumps with Tuning:

cavitation. Adjust the Tuning. If this does not
help or for pumps without Tuning:
contact your Auramarine Ltd.
Faulty electrical supply. Check all three phases of the

suoolv.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
22.6 List of components

Valid for all pump in sizes: Ace 025/032/38 Rotor diameter and Generation:L3/K3/N3
With version codes:

N ~ 81' I
Also valid for pump options A 101

The version code is composed of the letters in the 4 columns
Example of pump designations std: ACE 025L3 NTBP
option: ACE 038N3 NVBP A101
Pos Denomination Qty Components included in spare parts sets Notes Explanations
no G011 G012 G050 G053 G054 G057 G070 G082
101 O Power rotor x (x)
113 Key
. 1~~.~~·~~a.\i:~§'~~[9,:I:, •· . .:,.:~' G612:Rotor set .
125 Secondary seal
2q1 "B•:':~+1~~1?I2:~Y:ls':r:~.•./
202 Idler rotor
:3s111;;;;;+0aiancinQ76rush'llo/Ji~
limSJ!,,~ilJ,,~""''lfu:d&..>""' ~.,1/: ,'%,·'».~"'i1'<>Ylil'i:':)ji,,, ,~:n
"''
TGosa:· Minot
::~!°''""""
"" ,;..,"""'""'
kit
'~,,
..
401 Pump body
:~~~4~~]fc[(kit
<'.3·os?:liolni1kff ·
::~:u:'f, 'J~l<~rrf/'..:r:i·-: ~
G070:Valve element
G082:Sea1
' .
Guard kit
y J . '-·~· ,_,... , "

·Notes:
453 Screw 4 1)Version NTBP
462.·50"p1~9;:~=---'.~-:,~::~~ 'L ~ ..: ~ =··· and NQBP
462A Sealing washer 1 x x x 2) Version NQBP
463 F>iug·,-. ·~~·. 1 o·w·.~ ~
·- ,,.,_ ...,.
3) lncl~ding
463A Sealing washer 1 x x x
- ~·""- ~"' --~
Gas generator
·.1--.···•· ·- -::. ·"'C'c-· -···-~w.·--·--c~"--~..··~----·-·-:·- ..·--· ........
]~I=::~i=1.§nt££v~t;;• ·•~ . . '···~'-' ,, '~ •.::..~ ~ .>.:...
506 Gasket x x x
15o~s.::T~T~aft'."~1~ ~~.:::: i. •-1
537 Deaeration plug
·537A'~ 'Wasner'": :o~·
..:..·.-~ >':»lf'''".ll~;_,._,i.
551 Rear cover
·~~.,. :;:fG~si<ey~ ~:~Tit9~~ ~~.<!:'
557 Plug 1
557
,',v•
A. / .washer
'v>;.~, <~,
• '~
,J.8;<"\:,\~ '_,..._
605 0-ring
eo1r-vaive"s.pin.d1e
w ~-·',;..,,J'~~''Tu!~.~- ......'-.
",,,
608A Tension pin

61267sefscrew~
,, ';,,_.;..,, ;' ; ,_.,. ~ ·.'.'o:,,;.:(wi'~l'''
613 Pin
lH4;'':C:Cva1veplston ·.• -
615 M v~ive spring x x
'13'fo · compL seaJ.,Guarcf,.. ,. ,~.
"" x;·. -· ·2;3~"
732 Gas generator x 2

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Exploded view
,-----------------------------------,
202
50!)
462
41J2A
xVxx
453
xTxx
xQxx 551
~
537 C'Jl \
,),} j 55()
%'0 (GUBA)
(605)
(608)
(6120)
(613)
(615)
(fi/4)
125 501 732
xTxx, xQxx xQxx
22.6.1 Spare part sets

Part numbers for pump size
Item Spare parts sets 025 032 038
G012 Rotor set CW-rotation (std)
Low lead-L3 190486 190485 -
Low lead-K3 - - 190482
Normal lead-N3 190487 190484 190483
G011 Rotor set CCW-rotation
Normal lead-N3 190492 190491 190488
G050 Shaft seal-xVxx 189964 189964 189964
Shaft seal-xTxx 190495 190495 190497
Shaft seal-xQxx 190495 190495 190497
G053 Minor kit-xVxx 190501 190710 190500
Minor kit-xTxx 190503 190712 190499
Minor kit-xQxx 190503 190712 190499
G054 Major kit=G012(G011 )+G053+G070
G057 Joint kit-xVxx 190525 190714 190522
Joint kit xTxx 190524 190713 190523
Joint kit xQxx 190524 190713 190523
G070 Valve element 189873 189873 189873
G082 Sealquard-kit xQxx 190526 190526 190527
125 Secondarv seal xTxx, xQxx 190469 190469 190468
732 Gas qenerator xQxx 190530 190530 190530

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
--'=:.-=- AURA
~-::..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
87(172)
23 ACG SCREW PUMP
Before any maintenance work, ensure that the driver is deenergized

and the pump hydraulically isolated.
All work carried out on the pump has to be performed in such a

manner that risks for personal injury are observed!
When handling liquids, which may involve fire hazards, appropriate

precautions to avoid danger are to be taken.
In case of failure for a system with elevated pressure, fluid jets may
cause injury and/or damage.
Connecting and disconnecting of electric cables must be done only

by personnel authorised to do such work.
If the pumps operating temperature exceeds 60°C, let the pump cool
off before any service, maintenance or dismantling work is
commenced to avoid bum injury.

shaft seal.
When handling liquids that may harm skin, use gloves and/or
protective clothing.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
88(172)
'5'-=..MARINE
Sectional view of ACG screw pump
Option A327 Version xxxE V£'1·sion xxxG
Fig.5

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.1 Start-up of ACE and ACG pumps
23.1.1 Before starting
After installation and whenever it can be assumed that the pump has
been emptied, the pump must be thoroughly filled with liquid. See figure
below.
For ACE Generation 3, ACG Generation 6 and ACF Generation 4

delivered after 1997, the pumps has been fitted with deaeration plugs
making venting of the shaft seal compartment easy before start-up. In
installations with positive suction pressure: After opening the inlet and
outlet valves, simply open the deaeration plug a few turns until oil sips
out. Tighten the plug.
In installation with negative suction pressure: After opening the inlet and
outlet valves, remove the deaeration plug and fill the shaft seal
compartment with oil. Fit and tighten the plug. See fig. 16. Note! Not
applicable on LPQ/ABQ.
Dr11crntif1l1
ping
Fig. l r,· filling tlw p11111p
Make sure the prime mover is locked out

and cannot be started accidentally.
Rotate the shaft by hand while filling the pump

to ensure that the rotor bores and the shaft
seal cavity is filled. On the smaller pumps
(LPD, ACD, ACE, ACG/UCG), this is done by FJg .wvr..1r.mt1mplrw.~
rotating the electric fan motor after removing the fan cover.
Do not forget to fit the motor fan cover again before making start of
motor possible.

shaft seal.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.1.1.1 Direction of rotation
When the pump is ready to be started, switch the motor briefly on and off
and check that the drive motor rotates in the correct direction as
indicated by the rotation arrow.
The arrow is placed on different spots depending on the pump series.
Do not mix up with arrow for inlet and outlet!
0
Vig. I 7 lJircrt irm i;{ mt.itirs1
23.1 .2 Starting ACE and ACG pumps
Check that all valves necessary for the operation are fully opened in both
discharge and suction lines. The first time, the pump should be started
with the adjusting spindle of the pressure relief valve tightened to half of
the available turns (the valve setting is increased when the spindle is
turned clockwise). By monitoring the pressure gauge it can be
determined when the suction line is primed and the pump begins to work.
Should the pump not operate normally soon after start, stop the pump
within half a minute. Start again after about 3-5 minutes (the shaft seal
must have time to cool off) and run for half a minute. This procedure may
need to be repeated a couple of times if the suction line is extremely
long. Should the pump still not work, it must be assumed there is a ()
problem in the system that needs to be remedied. Check the suction line
calculation on page 5 and/or see "Trouble shooting", which is explained
later.
Pumps with external ball bearing including grease nipple, must be

regreased after one hour of running, while the pump is operating.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
INSTRUCTION MANUAL 91 (172)
23.1.2.1 Setting the pressure relief valve
The setting of the opening pressure is made as follows: Tighten the valve
spindle by rotating clockwise to the maximum extent. The system
pressure is regulated by throttling to required value. The pressure relief
valve is eased until the pressure is just beginning to decrease by turning
the spindle CCW The valve is now preset for desired opening pressure.
Open the throttling valve entirely.
NOTE: The set screw on LPD is hidden behind a plate.
23.1.2.2 Adjusting the tuning
The tuning adjustment, which is a standard feature on ACF/UCF and

LPQ (option on ACG/UCG and ABQ) pumps, is a device for minimizing
the effects of dissolved and free air in lube oil systems. The tuning
principle is described in the Product Description. The tuning should be
adjusted while the pump is working under normal operating conditions.
This is done by turning the tuning spindle with an Allen key (size 8 mm
for ACG/UCG , 12 mm for ACF/ UCF and LPQ ) to a position where the
noise level comes to a minimum.
Setting of tuning of the ACG/UCG and ACF/UFC:
2. Before starting the setting, check that the setting screw (8 mm:
ACG/UCG, 12 mm: ACF/UCF, socket head cap screw on the
discharge side) are closed.
Turn the screw CCW until the noise level becomes the lowest
(if turned too much the noise will increase again)
Once set, the tuning needs no further adjustment, providing the operating
conditions stay the same.
It is not possible to accidentally turn the tuning spindle too far.
If operating temperature exceeds 60°C (149°F), appropriate

measures to avoid skin contact shall be provided.
Use hearing protections whenever high noise can be expected from

pump, motor and/or environment.
Fig 18: Adjusting the tuning

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.2 Maintenance
All work carried out on the pump has to be performed in such a

manner that risks for personal injury are observed!
The intervals for inspection and replacement of wear parts vary greatly
with the properties of the pumped liquid, and can only be determined by
experience. All internal parts of the ACG- pump are lubricated by the
pumped liquid. Pumping liquid, which contains abrasive materials or
liquid that is corrosive, will significantly reduce service life and call for
shorter service intervals. Wear in the pump may be indicated by:
- Vibration
- Noise
- Loss of capacity
-
-
Reduction in flow/pressure
Leakage
0
In installations, where unplanned shutdowns must be avoided, it is
advisable to have a complete pump available for replacement, should
any malfunction occur. Furthermore, planned inspection and overhaul at
regular intervals, not exceeding three years, is recommended.
It is recommended always to have the spares included in minor spare

part kit available.
For maintenance the f ol Iow1nq

. spare part sets are recommended:
Set ITo be used
G057 I Joint kit
For dismantlino of the pump
ISet ITo be used !
Set ITo be used

G054 I Maier kit
For repair after damage or qreater wear
Ordering example: For IMO-pump ACG 04N7 NVBP, serial number

456789 Shaft seal pos G050 p/n 190335 Ball-bearing pos 122 p/n
068578

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.2.1 Inspection of shaft seal
As the seal faces of a mechanical shaft seal are lubricated by the fluid, a
certain leakage will always be present. Ten drops per hour can be
considered as acceptable.
An external visual inspection of the pump is advisable at least every two

days to assure that the shaft seal is not leaking too much.
Excessively leaking shaft seals should be changed without delay, as the

leakage normally will grow worse and cause additional damage.
Follow the instructions in the "Dismantling/Re-assembly" session.
When working with a shaft seal, cleanliness is of utmost importance.

Avoid touching the seal faces. If necessary, the seal faces should be
cleaned immediately prior to assembly, using a dust-free cloth and clean
solvent.
Never use grease on the seal faces.
Connecting and disconnecting of electric cables must be done only

by personnel authorised to do such work.
If the pumps operating temperature exceeds 60°C, let the pump

cool off before any service, maintenance or dismantling work is
commenced to avoid bum injury.
23.2.2 Shaft seal - assembly drawing
S1 Smt
9Q// f;.~fj
52 O·rirrg
5'l Sc~ll ri.t1g
SS Sml 1i.r1g mrritT
IATl'£NllON I 56 0-rirrs
lie careful to mo uni 57 Spri11,;;:
these parls in right ·"'9 St~•r rr.vr:;lwr
iio OlL\ ~
order and In .right
direction. 51 Scr1t
52 0-tirrg
Vt•tsicm c~•tlr .tV.u ~ ~}, I SS !Jdfows rmit
a .
I
52
I
S1
I
SS

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.2.3 Service for ball bearing
The ACG- pump is fitted with an external grease lubricated ball bearing.
When delivered from Auramarine LTD, the ball bearings in pump version
xRxx and xVxx are filled with grease of type B. For version xTxx, type C
is used. Whenever the ball bearing is removed, it is recommended to
exchange it for new one.
Fit the new ball bearing properly greased and re-grease it after one hour
of running, while the pump is operating.
Use an appropriate type of grease, as per table and a grease gun

suitable for grease nipple (pas. 473) according to DIN 71 412 (ISO 6392).
On vertical mounted units the greasing intervals are reduced to half. ®

Installed in dusty or dirty premises or in a corrosive environment it should
be lubricated at more frequent intervals.
If using others than these recommended greases, check if it is possible

to mix them with each other, otherwise clean before using new grease.
Useful tools
~
~
f'lnstic Pair of
":3(t 111111/ct plier:i
f'111/cr
Slide cnlliper
Allen
AI~~ \Jil] g
l~ Fi11e Oil can G,-ca:;c
keys Ll emery
lv101111- 2 pcs ,~f
ting screw
sleeve driver
Mounting sleeve dimensions
Pump size D d L Part No
ACG / UCC 045 025.0 0 21.0 100 188887
ACG I UCG 052 0 31.0 0 26.0 100 188888
ACG/UCG060 035.0 031.0 100 188889
ACG I UCG 070 0 42.0 0 36.0 100 188890
Fig. 4

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.2.4 Lubricating intervals in working hours
Temp Pump sizes 045 and 052 Pump sizes 060 and 070
max Grease Speed r/min Speed r/min
'C tvoe 3500 2900 1750 1450 1150 950 3500 2900 1750 1450 1150 950
70 A 8500 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 7500 8500 10000 10000 10000 10000
90 A 3350 3950 5350 5950 6350 7500 2950 3350 4750 5150 5950 6750
110 B 2650 3150 4250 4700 5000 5950 2350 2650 3750 4100 4700 5350
130 B 1050 1250 1650 1850 2000 2350 900 1050 1500 1600 1850 2100
155 c 650 750 1050 1150 1250 1500 600 650 950 1000 1150 1300
*) at rotation speed > 3 500 r/min special instructions are given by

Auramarine LTD.
Recommended greases (the availability of the greases can differ locally):
Type A: BP Energrease LS 3, Esso Beacon 2, Mobilgrease HP 222,

Shell
Alvania G3, Texaco Multifak EP2, SKF LGMT2, QB
REMBRANDT EP2, CASTROL APS2, ELF ROLEXA 3,
TOTAL MUL TIS TIR EP3, FINA MARSON L3.
Type B: BP Energrease LC2, CHEVRON SRI GREASE 2, Esso

Unirex N3,
Mobilith SHC220, SHELL RETINAX LX, SHELL Albida LX,
VAL-PLEX EP GREASE, Texaco Hytex EP2, SKF LGHQ 3,
QS RUBENS, CASTROL LMX, INDUSTRIAL GREASE
HEAVY, TOTAL MULTIS THT2, FINA PLUTON L2.
Type C: Mobilith SHC 460
045 052 060 070

4 6 7 9
When handling liquids that may harm skin, use gloves and/or
protective clothing.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.2.5 Inspection of rotors
If an indication of a worn pump is noticed (see service intervals above), a

brief inspection of the idler rotors is recommended.
A quick inspection of the idler rotors can be made simply by removing the
rear cover or valve cover. Note that the driver must be de-energised and
the pump hydraulically isolated before the rear cover is removed.
Provisions to handle the fluid are to be made. If a more thorough
investigation is needed, proceed as under "Dismantling".
Internal clearances in the pump, which are vital for its proper function,
may have been affected by wear. Acceptable wear can be determined
only by experience of the actual application. As a rule of thumb, the
following max. clearance values may apply:
- Between rotor and bores or bushings: 0.2 mm

- Between rotor flanks: 0.4 mm
For light duties (low-pressure, medium viscosity) even bigger clearances

may be acceptable, but for low viscosity/high -pressure duties, the limit
will be lower.
Also check if there are major scratches on these parts.
17\
~

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.2.6 Dismantling
A.
• Turn the electricity OFF
• Close the valves
o Remove the pump from the system.
NOTE
Use appropriate vessels to

collect oil spillage
when removing and opening
the pump
B.
o Note the axial position
of the shaft coupling
o Release the stop screw
c.
• Remove the shaft coupling

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
D.
• Remove the key 113
JB
E.
• Remove the screws 451
rr~ - - - 451
•= I
i i
i i
i i
i
I
F.
124 - - -
Q
• Remove the retaining 124A---~ .A.
rings 124 and 514
514~·
• Remove the support ring
124A
~j,p::f)
' --
-

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
G.
o Remove the front cover 5010 with a pullet
H. @/122
o Push out the ball bearing 122 together e----120
with the distance sleeve 120.
If there is tight fit use a mounting sleeve and
a mallet.
t c:>---359
~359A
o Remove the distance washer 359 and
the support ring 359A.
Mounting
sleeve
I.
o
o
o
Turn the front cover 5010 upside down.
Push out the seat from the front cover 5010
Remove the o-ring 82
•
=
o Remove the gasket 506
The sealing surfaces of the shaft seat

should not be touched with fingers.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
J-xVxx.
Shaft seal
o Pull the power rotor 1020 out of Version xVYX
the pump body and place it into
the jaws of a jaw vice with soft jaws
or column drilling machine.
o Push with two drivers as shown on

the sketch, to remove the shaft seal.
1020
J-xTxx. Shaft seal

Version xTYX
Unscrew the seal ring carrier SS screws ..@.
o
and take off the seal ring carrier SS 54 ~---ll@~
=
together with the seal ring S4 56 <O
and the o-ring S6
ss--f.~).,
K.
o Take out the idler rotors.
o Clean all parts that are going to be used again

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
JL':-::.=- AURA
~-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
101(172)
23.2.7 Re-assembly
A.
• Lubricate the idler rotors and fit them into pump. 202 = 1c\>
~'
• Lubrication groove turned downwards.
B-xVxx.
VersionxTxx • f\;)
• Carefully place the power rotor 1020
into the jaw vice with soft jaws.
• Lubricate all surfaces of the power rotor 1020
0 Open a package with a new sealing 509, version xVxx
0 Place the bellows unit SS on the shaft I I
of the power rotor and press it down against i i
the balance piston (106).
B-xTxx.
• Open a package with a new shaft

seal 509 version xTxx. 54_.......--~56
•
o Place the seal ring carrier S5 on the shaft 55~ ~
of the power rotor 1020 flush against the balance i i
piston and lock it with its stop screws. i - i
Fit the a-rings S6 and the seal ring S4. Balance piston j !
' '

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
JMlE.:::::.:.. AUi RA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 102(172)
~W-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
c.
{}
~,,..,,:~
• Lubricate the 0-ring S2 and
the recess of the front cover 5010
• Clean the sealing faces and fit the seat S 1 into
the front cover 5010. Mind the position of the
51 /Cf> /
52/ I/
retaining pin if applicable.
5010
D. 122
~
• Lubricate the balance piston 106
with a thick oil (ISO VG 460). ~120 8
Grease
0
• Fit the front cover onto the power
rotor 1020 until it rests on the
bellows unit SS
0 ~'59 359A
• Fit the support ring 359A and
the distance washer 359 into
the front cover. Mind the position
of the distance washer 359.
• Fit the distance sleeve 120 into
the front cover 5010.
• Fill the ball bearing with appropriate
grease. See 19.1.5 for grease
selection.
• Fit the ball bearing 122 onto the shaft .
NOTE:
The open side of the bearing towards the cover 0

Do not use a hammer etc. as
this might damage the seal and ball bearing.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
--·~---·---- .. ·-----------------------------------
j(--=- AURA
~-=:..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
103(172)
E. -
•
•
Fit the support ring 124A and the retaining ring 124
on shaft.
Fit the retaining ring 514 back in place.
•
F.
• Fit the key back in position, see "Dismantling" picture C .
• Fit the shaft coupling back into place (see "Dismantling" picture B and C) with the
same way used when fitting the ball bearing.
& Do not use a hammer etc. as this might damage the shaft seal and ball
bearing.
G.
•
•
Remove the plug 537 and washer 537 A.
Hold the rotor unit horizontally with the bore
537A
~
/
F\J
g
537
space completely with oil (f. ex. ISO VG 46).

• When the oil is flooding, reassemble the oO
above parts in reverse order.
• Slowly turn the shaft a few turns to make
sure it moves freely (a certain resistance
from the shaft seal is normal but it must be
the same during the turns). 1020

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
68.-:-=- AURA
s-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
104(172)
H.
• Place the gasket 506 on the pump body 401.

• Lubricate the power rotor 1020 and fit the
front cover 5010 together with the rotor set into
the pump body. Mind the position
of the tension pin 545.
• Fit the screws 451 and tighten them crosswise. 5010
~1\-1--i--- 1020
506
~
~
I.
• Put the pump back into the system and proceed according to instructions
under " Start-up"
l'E!:\.
w

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
tr-=--=- AURA
-=---=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
105(172)
23.3 Pressure relief valve
23.3.1 Replacement of 0-ring 605:
• To avoid changing the setting of the valve, use an Allen key to

prevent spindle 608 to turn. Unscrew cover 601 and pull up unit
601/608.
• Remove retaining ring 608A and pull the spindle 608 out of cover
601. Replace 0-ring 605 and assemble the unit 601/608 in reverse
order. Replace retaining ring 608A if necessary and washer 602.
• Fit the unit 601/608 in the valve. Make sure the 608 enters the set
screw 612 and use the Allen key to prevent 608 to turn when cover
601 is tightened.
23.3.2 Replacement of Valve Element GO?O:
• Release the spring tension by turning the spindle 608 CCW with an
Allen key. Use the Allen key to prevent spindle 608 to turn and
unscrew cover 601 but do not remove it yet.
• Remove the set screw 612 by turning the spindle 608 CCW. Pull out
the valve piston/spring unit 614/615.
• Fit the valve element in reverse order with a new washer 602. Turn
the spindle 608 CW until the set screw leave enough room for cover
601. Use the Allen key to prevent 608 to turn further when cover
601 is tightened.
• Adjust the valve setting according to start-up Instructions.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
23.4 Trouble shooting
Problem Cause What to do

Wrong direction Electric cables to motor wrongly Reverse the terminal connection on
of rotation. connected. electric motor.
Connecting and disconnecting of electric

cables must be done only by personnel
authorised to do such work.
The pump cannot Wrong direction of rotation. See above.
be primed.
Suction line is not open or pressure Check all components in suction line.
drop in the suction line is too high. The inlet condition should be checked
with a vacuum gauge at the pump inlet.
Major air leakage into the suction line. Check the suction line.
The pump cannot evacuate the air See the chapter on "Deaeration".
through the discharge line due to
excessive counter pressure.
No flow. The pump is not primed. See above.
The pressure relief valve is set below Readjust the pressure relief valve to a
the counter pressure. value above counter pressure.
Flow too low. The pressure relief valve is set too low Readjust the pressure relief
(Discharge pressure also low). Valve
Something is restricting the flow in the Check all components in the suction line
suction line (this would usually cause (strainers, valves etc.).
noise).
The pumped liquid contains a See the chapter on "Noise and

significant amount of compressible Vibration". (later).
gas, such as free air (this would
usually cause noise).
Pressure too low. The pressure relief valve is set too low. Readjust the pressure relief valve.
Counter pressure in the discharge line Check the components in the discharge
is too low due to a major leakage. line inclusive the recipients.
The valve piston is stuck in open Check the valve. See "Maintenance and
position. Service" instruction for respective pump.
Something is restricting the flow in the Check all components in the suction line
suction line (this would usually cause (strainers, valves etc.).
noise).
The pumped liquid contains a See the chapter on "Noise and

significant amount of compressible Vibration". (later).
gas, such as free air (this would
usually cause noise).
A too small pump has been chosen. Contact Auramarine Ltd.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Disturbance Cause What to do

Pressure too The pressure relief valve is set Readjust the pressure relief valve.
high. too high.
The oil is too cold (or has higher Reduce the pressure setting until
viscosity than anticipated). operational temperature has been
reached.
Counter pressure in the discharge line Check the discharge line.

is too hiqh.
Drive motor Counter pressure too high. See above: Pressure too high.
difficult to start or
tends to stop by Liquid too cold. Readjust the pressure relief valve to a
tripping the motor lower value. Thus the power
overload relay. consumption for the pumping is relieved
and overloading due to the high
viscosity may be avoided. When the
liquid has reached normal temperature
and thus flows easily, the relief valve is
reset to normal pressure.
Motor is undersized for the prevailing Check the motor.

conditions.
Electrical power supply faulty. Check the motor and motor

connection.
Motor overload relay set too low Readjust or replace the relay
or is faulty.
Incorrect setting of Y/D starter Readjust the setting of starting

sequence. The time before the motor
overload relay is tripped should not
exceed 10-15 seconds.
Noise and The flow to the pump is insufficient. See chapter: The flow is too low.
vibrations.
Insufficient support of pipe work. Check for pipe vibrations in the pump
Monitor the pump connections. Check that the pipes are
function and sufficiently clamped.
shutdown if any
sign of Bad alignment. Check alignment.
malfunction is
noticed. Air leakage into the suction line. Check the suction line for air
leakage.
Free air in the liquid or gas For pumps with Tuning:

cavitation. Adjust the Tuning. If this does not help
or for pumps without Tuning: contact
your Auramarine Ltd.
Faulty electrical supply. Check all three phases of the

suoolv.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4--=- s-::..MARINE
108(172)
23.5 List of components

Valid for all pumps in sizes: ACG/UCG 045/052/060/070;
Rotor diameter and generation:K7/N7
With version codes:
I~
I~
N
10
Also valid for pump options A101, A327, A385
Example of pump designations std: ACG 045N7 NVBP N~mx· 1•itttt' i>f rt1<' J~rmp
option: ACG 070N7 NVBP A101
Pos Denomination Qty Components included in spare parts sets Notes Explanations
no G011 G012 G050 G053 G054 G057 G070 G011 :Rotorset
1010 Power rotor CCW-rot x (x) CCW-rotation option
1020 Power rotor CW-rot x x G012:Rotor set
106 Balancing piston 1 x x x 5 CW-rotation( std)
113 Shaft key 1 x x x ,«o, G050 shaft seal
120 Distance sleeve 1
122 Ball bearing 1 x x
124 Retaining ring 1 x x x
124A suppo~ring 1 x x x G053:1i/llr\or kit
201 Idler rotor CCW-rot 2 x (x) (G050+G057)-i-122
202 Idler rotor CW-rot 2 x x . ~054 Major kilconsisting of:
359 Distance washer G053+G012(G011)
359A Supp?rUing x x
.. x ' ,~' '
401 Pump body G057: Joint kit

424 Sleeve 4
424A Washer 4 G070: Valve element
429 Spindle 4
437 0-ring 4 ACG Pump with DIN flanges
440 Return valve
451 Screw 416
453 Screw 4 UCG Pump with ANSI
462 Plug 2 flanges
462A Sealing washer. 2 x x x
473 Grease nipple A101:CCW
473A Grease nipple cover
480 Valve housing 2 A.327: With Tuning
5010 Front cover
502
502A
506
Tension pin
Plug
Gasket x x x
6
6
A385:CCW and Tuning
Notes:
e
509 Shaft seal x x x x 1)Excluded In xxxG
514 Retaining ring 1 x x x 2)Excluded in xxxE
537 Plug 2 3)Valid for xxi<E
537A Sealing washer 2 x x x 4)Valid for pump option A327
551 Rear cover 1 3 s)1r\c1uded irntem1020
556 Gasket 1 x x x or1010
601 Valve cover 1 x 2,7 6)1ncluded in Item 5010
602 Sealing washer x x x x 2 ?)Only sold as G070
605 o-ring x 2
608 Valve spindle x x x x 2,7
608A Retaining ring x 2
612 Set screw x 2,7
614 Valve piston x 2,7
615 Valve spring x 2

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
tr-=- AURA
'&'-=.MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
109(172)
ACG/UCG >."XBElBPlBG xxxE
~-614
1020
CW n.1 t11tion
~~
509
D~ails in pump option A327

See Hie sectio1wl iiiew p. 6 ·1010
CCW rotation (non-standard)
23.5.1 Spare part sets
Part numbers, sizes

Pos No Spare Part sets 045 052 060 070
G012 Rotor set CW-rotation(std)
Normal lead -pump version N7 178913 179507 179515 179523
Low lead -pump version K7 187542 187559 187567 197575
G011 Rotor set CCW-rotation(non-std)
Normal lead -version N7 186478 186486 186494 186502
Low lead -version K7 189641 189642 189643 189644
G050 Complete shaft seal- version code xVxx 190335 190336 190338 190340
Complete shaft seal- version code xTxx 174094 174102 174110 174128
G053 Minor kit -version code xVxx 191241 191243 191245 191247
Minor kit -version code xTxx 191242 191244 191246 191248
G054 Major kit=G012(G011)+G053 - - - -
G057 Joint kit 191237 191238 191239 191240
G070 Valve Element -version code xxxP/G 191250 191250 191251 191251
122 Ball-bearing x x x x

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
24 ELECTRIC MOTOR, TYPES 7A*, 78*, 14BG*
Electric motors have dangerous voltage carrying and rotating

components.
The surfaces of the motor become hot.
All work involved in the transport, connection, commissioning and

regular maintenance must be carried out by qualified, responsible
specialists (note VOE 0105; IEC 364).
Improper behaviour may result in serious injury and damage to

property. The applicable national, local and works regulations and
requirements must be complied with.
Utilization in areas subject to explosion hazard is not permitted,

0
unless expressly intended for this purpose.
24.1 General information
The motors are rated for ambient temperatures of -20° C to +40° C and
site altitudes <1 OOOm above sea level. Any contradictory information on
the rating plate must be observed. The conditions on site must
correspond to all rating plate specifications.
When motors with roller bearings for increased cantilever force are
operated the value of cantilever force must be minimal 30% of
permissible cantilever force. Operating with smaller cent lever force is
the cause of bearing faults.
A canopy is recommended for designs with the shaft end pointing

downwards, and with the shaft end pointing upwards a cover must be
provided by the customer to prevent foreign bodies from falling into the
fan.
Do not obstruct ventilation! Discharged air, also from neighbouring

equipment, must not be sucked in again immediately.
Checking of bearing grease must be carried out when motors are stored
longer than 12 months. When storage conditions are the cause of grease
depreciation (presence of condensate, consistency change) the grease
must be exhanged. Grease exhange must be carried out no later than in
three year interval.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
24.2 Operation and maintenance
Vibration levels of Vrms<3,5mm/s{PN £15 kW) or Vrms S 4,5mm/s (PN >15

kW} are quite acceptable in the coupled state.
If deviations from normal operation occur - e.g. increased temperatures,

noises, vibration - the motor should be switched off in the event of doubt.
Determine the causes and contact Auramarine Ltd if necessary. Do not
disconnect protective equipment, even under test operation.
Under dirty operating conditions, clean the air channels regularly. Open
any closed condensate water holes from time to time!
For motors without regreasing facilities, bearing or grease replacement

must be carried out according to the table below or after 3 years,
whichever is sooner.
Bearings with regreasing facilities must be regreased when the motor is

running. Please note the greasing plate!
Some of the motors have a separate nameplate with informationabout

the bearings and the lubrication intervals.
If the motors have separate ventilation, the separately-driven fan must be

switched on throughout motor operation.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
24.2.1 Lubrication
Motor size Poles Bearing Bearings

Drive end Non drive
end
4AP 56 6200-22 C3 6200-22 C3 The motors are permanently lubricated; the
7AA 56 6201-22 C3 6201-22 C3 grease lifetime is for CT 25°C
4AP63 6201-22 C3 6201-22 C3
7AA 63 6201-22 C3 6201-22 C3 * 2-pole motors 20 000 h
* 4-pole motors and higher 40 000 h
7AA 71 6202-22 C3 6202-22 C3 The bearing lifetime is the grease lifetime for
7AA80 6204-22 C3 6204-22 C3 enclosed bearings (22).
7AA90 6205-22 C3 6205-22 C3
7BA/7AA100 6206-22 C3 6206-22 C3 The nominal bearing lifetime is> 100 000 h
for a coupling drive.
7AA112 6306-22 C3 6306-22 C3 At speeds up to 1800 rpm: 15000 hours
7BA112 6306-22 C3 6306-22 C3 At speeds above to 1800 rpm: 7500 hours.
7AA132 6208-22 C3 6208-22 C3
7BA132 2 to 8 6308-22 C3 6308-22 C3
7AA160 6209-22 C3 6209-22 C3
Lubrication Poler Interval
7BA160 6309 C3 6309 C3 160-180 2 40°C
14BG size 180 6310-C3 6310-C3 160-180 4,6,8 4000h/20g
14BG size 200 6312 C3 6312 C3 200-225 2 8000h/20g
14BG size 225 6313 C3 6313 C3 200-225 4,6,8 4000h/20g
14BG size 250 6315 C3 6315 C3 250 2 8000h/20g
250 4,6,8 4000h/25g
8000h/25g
14BG size 280 2 6217 C3 6217 C3 280 2 4000h/25g
14BG size 280 4 to 8 6317 C3 6317 C3 280 4,6,8 8000h/30g
14BG size 315 2 6316 C3 6316 C3 315 2 3000h/30g
14BG size 315 4 to 8 6319 C3 6319 C3 315 4,6,8 6000h/40g
In the case of motors operating under special conditions, such as vertical

motor position, frequent operation at maximum speed nmax. heavy
vibration, sudden load changes and frequent reversing operation, the
bearing should be changed at considerably more frequent intervals than
at the operating hour stated above.
Type of grease for standard machines: (Fa. ESSO I UNI REX N 3).
Compensatory greases must conform to DIN 51825 - KL3N at least. In
this case the lubrication intervals at KT> 25°C are to be reduced.
Special grease are introduced on the lubricating data plate.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
24.3 Electrical connection
Work is only permitted to be carried out by qualified specialists on the

stationary motor, while disconnected and prevented from being switched
on again. This also applies for the auxiliary power circuits (e.g. Anti-
condensation heaters).
Check that the equipment is potential-free!
If the tolerance limits are exceeded that are specified in EN 60034, part 1
I IEC 34-1 (voltage± 5%, frequency± 2%, shape of curve, symmetry) the
heating effect is increased and the electromagnetic compatibility is
affected. Please note the specifications on the rating plate and the
connection diagram in the terminal box.
Connections must be made in such a way as to ensure that a

permanently safe electrical connection is maintained (no protruding wire
ends) use the corresponding cable end pieces. Create a safe earth
continuity connection.
Clearances in air between bare live parts themselves and between bare
live parts and earth must be=:: 5,5 mm {Urated s 690 V).
It must be ensured that the terminal box does not contain foreign bodies,
dirt or humidity. Seal any unused cable entry openings against dust and
water.
Secure the featherkey on test operation without drive components. For

motors with brakes, check that the brakes are operating perfectly before
commissioning.
Tightening torques for terminal board connections
M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

Tightening 0,8 ... 1,2 1,8 ... 2,5 2,7 .. .4 5,5 ... 8 9 ... 13 16 ... 20 36 ... 40
torque
(Nm)

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
It-:-.=. AURA
'$'~MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
114(172)
24.4 Spare parts
Frame sizes 63-160
1. Stator - complete with winding

2. Rotor
3. Terminal box cover
4. Terminal box
5. Endshield B3, drive end
6. Endshield B5, drive end
7. Endshield B14A, drive end
8. Endshield, non-drive end
9. Anti-bump washer
10. Bearing, drive end
11. Bearing, cover
12. Bearing, non-drive end
13. Fan
14. Fan cover
15. Key

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
.LJ--=-
"':"-=...MARINE
115(172)
Frame sizes 180-315
/
I~:,
I' /f/,;-
...\
(
I
'\ '\
\ \,
\~'~
1. Shaft
2. Bearing cap, drive end
3. Rear endshield
4. Bearing cap, drive end internal
5. Bearing, drive end
6. Sealing of the terminal board cover
7. Terminal board cover
8. Terminal box
9. Terminal board
10. Sealing of the terminal box
11. Eye bolt
12. Stator core
13. Frame
14. Rotor core with the cage
15. Stator winding
16. Bearing, non-drive end
17. Bearing cap, non-drive end internal
18. Lubricating nipple
19. Front endshield
20. Bearing cap, non-drive end
21. Fan
22. Fan cover
23. Retaining ring (of the bearing on the shaft)
24. Key
25. Flange shield
26. Retaining ring (of the fan)
27. Key of the fan
28. Shaft sealing ring, drive end
29. Shaft sealing ring, non-drive end

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
25 HEAT EXCHANGER TYPE MX
25.1 General Description
Vesta MX heat exchangers are of the shell and tube type with u-bend
tubes. All heaters have been hydrostatic pressure tested before delivery.
Vesta MX heat exchangers have been type approved by all major
classification societies.
25.2 Operation
25.2.1 Commissioning
Before start-up it is important to make sure that all connections are

securely tightened. Before start-up it is equally important that the heater
0
is filled 100% with liquid and that all connecting pipes are thoroughly air-
vented.
NOTE: Remember to retighten the air ventilation plug.
25.2.2 Initial start-up
Fluid flow through the heat exchanger must be established before

the heating medium is applied.
Operate the heater for one hour, stop, and retighten all screws.
25.2.3 Output
0
The output of the heater is subject to the supply of dry saturated steam at
the inlet steam valve. The steam pressure applied to be as basis heater
size calculation. The output is furthermore subject to correct type of
steam trap being used. Correct layout of the condensate system avoids
negative effect of counter pressure.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
-------
25.2.4 Conservation during shut down periods
Corrosion occurrences in shut down periods are mainly caused by

oxygen. The corrosion occurs if non-distilled or alkaline water remains in
the heat exchanger. However, even when fully emptied, heaters are
exposed to corrosion caused by water residues or condensation. Hence,
heaters out of service should be protected against corrosion.
If the heater is out of service for an extended period of time - in particular

during winter seasons with frost - it must be carefully emptied. Open the
air escape valve and check for clogging.
25.3 Maintenance and cleaning
25.3.1 Regular cleaning periods
The heater should be cleaned regularly every six months by removing

the tube insert, or at any time there is a decrease in output not related to
other causes.
NOTE: The heat exchanger must be emptied before removing the

tube section.
Check if any deposits have collected on the tubes.
25.3.2 Cleaning of tubes
Cleaning of the tube system from the outside is carried out after
removing the tube insert using a sharp liquid jet (citric acid or water).
Cleaning of the tube system from the inside is carried out after removing
the cover by flushing the tubes with e.g. citric acid.
25.3.3 Heavy contamination
If the heater is heavily contaminated with carbon deposits, the

manufacturer recommends the heater chemically cleaned with a carbon
remover.
After the cleaning has been completed, the heater must be flushed
carefully with fresh water and allowed to dry afterwards.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~\=-All.JIRA INSTRUCTION MANUAL
118(172)
"':"-=..MARINE
25.3.4 Checking the safety valves
Once every year the safety valve must be checked for correct setpoint.
25.3.5 Dismantling and reassembling of the tube section
The tube section is inserted into the heater and fastened tightly between
the shell flange and the end flange. The back end of the tube section is
not fixed.
The steam connection for primary steam must be dismantled before

dismantling the tube section for inspection, cleaning, etc. The tube flange
has threaded holes for dismantling screws and for mounting eyebolts for
lifting devices.
Gasket surfaces are to be cleaned and protected against damage. New

gaskets are to be fitted every time the flange connection has been
dismantled. When the flange connection is assembled, all bolts are to be
tightened evenly. A pressure test should be carried out to prove a tight
joint. Operate the heater for one hour, stop, and retighten all bolts.
r'"'t
\V

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
25.4 Spare parts
When ordering spare parts, please state the serial number of the heat
exchanger (located on the nameplate). For spare parts and further
information, please contact Auramarine Ltd.
4 Flange gaskets
5 Tube insert
6 In and outlet flange gaskets
7 Steam and condens flange gaskets

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~=- AlURA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 120(172)
~-=--=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
26 VISCOSITY SENSOR, TYPE VISCOSENSE2
Always use personal protective means when working with hot,

aggressive and toxic process liquids.
Always use insulated tools when working on electrical installations.
The ViscoSense2 sensor body will heat up to the process

temperature; do not touch instrument while process is running.
Never try to open the back of the sensor. This will damage the wire
and sensor.
VlscoSen~e JN I LRF ACl lJUX

0
-;;: :-. ·:::::::::::;::·::~.::··-;--._.::c:::::,). . ~~~~t ~-

1
{ ~M ''"''." ) . _ -·-~+------
_J_
~ ~-, "''"-~ .
~~~~~~e"H ':_.".:::_-..___.:-_.L'.'-...·-···-:::
HOUSING
Fig 1 ViscoSense2 components

0
The sensor housing is made of ductile iron and has flanges for direct
mounting in the fuel line. The sensor itself is made of stainless steel and
is mounted in the housing. Two parts of the sensor, the pendulum and
flowtube have a special teflon coating. It is supplied with 5 metres of
signal cable for connection to the interface box.
The ViscoSense2 Interface box is a wall mount electronic unit,
processing the signals from and to the sensor. It provides 4 .. 20 mA
signals for remote read-out of viscosity and temperature for a controller
or other system elements.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
j(--=- AURA
':"'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
121(172)
The operating principle of the sensor is that of a torsion pendulum. The

sensor consists of a stainless steel driver I sensor head (I), attached to
the base plate (2) by means of a tubular torsion spring (3). In
the head, one pair of piezo elements (driver piezos) (4)
actuates the pendulum at its torsional resonance frequency,
while another pair (the receiver piezos) probe the actual
movement of the head. In a low viscosity medium, like air the
resonance frequency is in the range of 1600 Hz. In a high
viscosity medium the movement of the head is damped by the
liquid. Consequently, the resonance frequency slightly shifts
towards lower frequencies, whilst the width of the resonance s---.,,~, ---<>-- 3
peak increases, which is a measure for the viscosity.
A flow tube (5) is placed around the pendulum, to protect it
against mechanical damage. The fiowtube inlet ensures a
constant new supply of liquid for a correct measurement.
Fig 2 ViscoSense2 sensor
26.1 Operation
26.1.1 Initial start-up
1. Fill complete fuel system with diesel oil.

2. Open block valves (K and M) and bybass valve (L)
3. Allow diesel oil to enter the fuel system
4. Vent the fuel system.
5. Start the booster pump in the fuel system and after app 15
minutes close bypass valve (L)
6. Switch on power supply to the ViscoSense2 system.
Depending upon the viscosity of the liquid, it can take up
to 30 seconds before the first reading appears. This is due
to the automatic signal gain control.
7. Gradually change over to HFO.
Fig 3

FIN-20101 TUR KU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
J:r-=- AU~A
'&'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
122(172)
26.1.2 Routine start-up
Make sure that the power is on. No other special actions on the
ViscoSense22 unit are required.
26.1.3 Shutdown on diesel oil
No special actions on the ViscoSense2 unit are required.
26.1.4 Shutdown on heavy fuel oil
Maintain heat tracing on the ViscoSense2 sensor housing after shutdown

to prevent clogging of the fuel to the sensor internal parts.
26.2 Maintenance
26.2.1 Routine maintenance
Under normal conditions, the ViscoSense2 sensor requires no

maintenance. "Normal" means;
• A clean operating environment

• ViscoSense2 interface box installed in accordance with the
installation instructions given
• Operation accordance with manual
• Uninterrupted power supply at normal specified values
The flow should be in-between the maximum and minimum fluid flow
rate. The ViscoSense2 housing should be placed in such a way, that no
air can be trapped in the housing.
The fluid should be homogenous. It should not contain any air bubbles or
foam. The fluid should not contain any chemicals or solid particals, that
can damage teflon.
The ViscoSense2 sensor and interface box cannot be repaired

onsite.They will be either exchanged for a spare unit or sent back to the
manufacturer.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
26.2.2 Cleaning
When removing the ViscoSense2 sensor from the piping system,

precautions must be taken to prevent personal injuries and damage
to the sensor and process installation.
General procedure
1. Change over to manual viscosity control

2. Shut off flow through the ViscoSense2 sensor by closing the valves
on both sides of the sensor housing.
3. Switch off power supply to the ViscoSense2 interface box.
4. If possible, drain and empty the piping system.
Although the flow has been shut off, the ViscoSense2 sensor can
still be hot and under pressure. Be careful when loosening flange
bolts.
If the sensor is remowed from a sensor housing which ha~ not been
de-pressurized, hot oil will spray out.
5. Unscrew the ViscoSense2 sensor from its housing by loosening nut

(1, fig 4).
6. Take out the ViscoSense2 sensor.
7. DO NOT REMOVE THE FLOW TUBE, DO NOT STICK ANY
OBJECTS IN BETWEEN THE FLOW TUBE AND PENDULUM.
8. Flush the space between the tube and the pendulum with diesel oil or
non aggressive cleaning detergent.
Take care that the pendulum is not damaged or bent by mechanical

force.
Do not use abrasive materials like sandpaper, files, etc. to clean the
flow tube. This will damage the teflon coating.
26.2.2.1 Sensor assembly
1. Check the 0-ring (2) before installing the ViscoSense2 sensor.

Replace if necessary.
NOTE: Make sure not to damage the teflon coating during

in sta Ilation.
2. Carefully insert the ViscoSense2 sensor into the housing with the flow
tube inlet facing the flow.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
NOTE: Make sure the flow tube inlet is pointing towards the inlet of
the sensor housing. If installed wrong, the sensor will not
work correctly.
Check if the position of the hole inside the housing and the
fixation pin on the sensor match.
3. Tighten the nut (1) by hand. If there is a temperature difference

between the sensor and the housing, wait until they have the same
temperature before tightening the nut.
4. Tighten the nut (1) with a wrench. Recommended torque is 100 Nm.
Make sure that all bolts and screws are tightened correctly before
re-pressurising the system.
5. The ViscoSense2 system is now ready for operation. 0
Fig 4 ViscoSense2 sensor assembly

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
26.3 Electrical connections
FROM SENSOR
REC! REC2 $END Pi:IOO
l..oJ
l!J ~ ~ z VISC. TEMP.
.J u ~
~ .J <t 0 OUTPUT OUTPUT MAINS SUPPLY
°'0 w .J
>!XI""
°' 4-20MA 4-20MA 115 DR 230VAC
I
I
I
j(
I
I
J
'ii
, '
.... - -
13
,
1
I
I
1
2 3 4
,.- -
i
I
I
~
+-
I
I
l
j
+-
N=t:G
+L ~J ~
·-·
0
6 7 9 tO 12 13 2 3 4 2 3 4 s 6
J6 Jl
LE:NGTH Of' LEADS

SHOULD Bf: AS SHORT]
AS POSSIBLE
l
"
l----
~ __ _,
SCREEN IJJRES
FOLDED BACK
OVER THE TOP
Of INSERT.
f'DlL TO CUT.
NOTE•
NO LOOSE SCREENING SHOULD
ENTER THE INTERFACE BOX
TO PREVENT INTRODUCTlON
OF NOISE:.

FIN-20101 TUR KU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
26.4 Trouble shooting and repair
The ViscoSense2 sensor and interface box cannot be repaired

onsite.They will be either exchanged for a spare unit or sent back to the
manufacturer.
When taking the interface box out of service, disconnect power to the
box. The ViscoSense2 sensor should be taken out of the sensor housing
and cleaned. To protect the pendulum from damage due to mechanical
shocks, the transport locking cap should be carefully placed in between
the flow tube and the pendulum. The sensor must be wrapped in
protection material to protect it from damage. Both the sensor and the
interface box must be stored in a cool and dry place.
26.4.1 Diagnostic information
The printed circuit board inside the ViscoSense2 controller has a

provision for diagnostic indication. Failures and errors are displayed by a
blinking digit or character on a 7 segment LED. Dependent on the type of
failure, error or warning, the viscosity and/or temperature outputs will go
to 0, 4 or 20 mA, or will remain functioning normally.
If there is no failure, error or warning, the display indicates the state of

the program by displaying a symbol (not blinking) on the display. The
following symbols are displayed during normal operation:
Display Description Display Description
n=o
a. Power on a
D.
Changing U-send setpoint
Q
'
ii
c=::=;;
Ll. Initialising hardware a

D. Measuring at +45°
(Left -3 dB point)
Du VCO frequency measurement ill
o~ while phase is +45°
o
I a
Measuring at -45°
(Left +3 dB point)
0 Waiting for Li _receive to g
0. settle after changing setpoint
D. Adjusting phase
The decimal point at the bottom of the display is always on after power is
on. This point is only turned off while the ViscoSense2 is writing to
EEPROM and if no measurement is possible due to extensive external
vibrations.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4-.:::::_
W-=..MARINE
127(172)
Normally the ViscoSense2 electronics will try to restart the unit if a faulty
situation occurs. However, if the fault is persistent, contact Auramarine
Ltd and give a detailed description of the problem that occurred and the
diagnostic information indicated at the 7 Segment LED.
The faults indicated in the table below are listed in order of priority. The
faults on top of the list have the highest priority. This means that faults
with a lower priority can be overwritten by faults of a higher priority.
At power-on the system is explicitly tested for failures indicated by

display messages 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. During normal operation these
tests (except 2) run at the background.
c or • or ..-...
• followed by
Display Viscosity output Temperature output Recovery action Fault description

message mA mA
0 0 Delay & retry 15 V power failure. Supply drops
d~ below 13 V
0 Actual Delay & retry Pendulum not oscillating

~-
0 Actual Delay & retry Oscillation error
P.
4 20 None Temeperature out of range (overflow)
I:.. 4 4 None Temperature out of range (undeerflow)
20 Actual None Viscosity out of range (overflow)
•u.• 4 Actual None Viscosity out of range (underflow)
Actual Open loop None Temperature output open loop
•u.• Open loop Actual None Viscosity output open loop
Not all Actual Actual Not applicable 7 - segment display defective

segments
working after
power on
Any other figure or letter indicates an error in the electronics or software.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
AIUJRA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 128(172)
'5'-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
26.4.2 General trouble shooting
Problem Possible cause Corrective action

No viscosity signal No supply to interface box Check supply.
Check fuses.
Check electrical
connections.
Current loop connection broken Check electrical wiring of
4-20 mA output signal
Air entrapped in the fuel system Vent the system
ViscoSense2 malfunctioning Check diagnostic led
No temperature No supply to interface box Check supply. -
signal
Check fuses. ©
-
Check electrical
connections.
Current loop connection broken Check electrical wiring of
4-20 mA output signal
ViscoSense2 malfunctioning Check diagnostic led
Viscosity output is Actual viscosity is lower than None (For laboratory
lower than expected expected. check of viscosity).
E.g. bunker calculator only
gives approx. value.
Dilution with MOO.
Temperature is higher than
expected.
Range settings ViscoSense2 Check mA signal and
and readout unit do not match range settings
Air entrapped in the fuel system Vent the system
Viscosity output is Actual viscosity is higher than None (For laboratory
higher than expected. check of viscosity).
expected
E.g. bunker calculator only
gives approx. value.
Temperature is lower than
expected.
Fuel is not pure, well mixed Vent the system
liquid
Sensor is damaged or fouled Clean and inspect the
sensor

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Viscosity output is The viscosity in the sensor Heat up the fluid

max range housing is higher than the max
range
Actual viscosity is higher than None
expected. E.g. bunker
calculator only gives app value
ViscoSense2 interface box is Check diagnostic led
malfunctioning
ViscoSense2 sensor is
malfunctioning
Sensor is damaged or fouled Clean and inspect the
sensor
26.4.3 Pl setting errors (for additional viscosity controller)
The heater in the booster system are controlled by a viscosity controller.

In order to get a good working viscosity system an optimum adaptation of
the control parameters (P=proportional band Pb%}, !=integral action time
Ti min) is necessary.
Problem Possible cause Corrective action

Oscillating temperature with Pb too low Increase Pb
distinct initial overshot
Set point is reached very slowly Pb too high Decrease Pb
after initial exceeding
The set value is reached very Ti too high Decrease Ti
slowly without overshoooting
High initial overshot followed by Ti too low Increase Ti
fadinq oscillation

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
26.5 Parts lists
Ref. No Qty Part Number Description & Material

1 1 0279-0096 ViscoSense2 sensor
2 1 0630-3022 0-ring, ID 25.12x0 1.78mm
3 2 1731-0306 Hex. socket set screw M3x6 mm, DIN916
4 1 0342-0015 Flow tube

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
27 FLOW METER, TYPE VZF
Before working on the hydraulics, put the plant or section out of

operation, close the stop valves and release the pressure
Comply with the permissible operating data as defined on the type

plate. Pressure test with a maximum of 1.5 x the nominal pressure
(PN).
Make sure that no hazardous fumes can build up in the piping and
in the meter during commissioning, decommissioning and
dismantling.
The meter must at all times be completely filled with liquid during
operation.
Check the meter periodically for tightness of the connections and

for proper functioning.
If work is to be done on the installation, before each intervention:

release the pressure in the installation
if hazardous liquids are used, wear protective clothing and
safety goggles
place a collecting tray underneath the installation.
When restarting the plant:

slowly open the stop valves, avoiding pressure surges ('water
hammer')
vent the pipe well
check tightness

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
27 .1 Display
All data are saved periodically, and every time a key is pressed, in a non-
volatile memory (EEPROM). This means that the last value is saved
even if the power supply is interrupted.
The 7-segment display can show 8-digit measured values with a decimal
point or text messages using letters in a special presentation mode. Units
of measurement and additional items of information are shown with
symbols or index indicators.The references to these in the text are shown
in square brackets, e.g. [LIMIT MAX].
The display data and parameters are split into three menu groups:
a) Main Menu: displays measured data, accesses other menus, tests
display segments and displays error messages (if present).
b) Information Menu: displays additional information about the meter
and operating status
c) Parameter Menu: displays parameter settings for the display and
output signals. To set these parameters, the device must be
unlocked with the Service key. This is located in the connections
compartment and is only accessible after the display module has
been opened or unscrewed.
Service key
used to unloci.. parameter
settings
Sensor area!
kel:'p clear of callee,
wires and other
installation material

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
27.2 Operation
27.2.1 Main menu
The standard display of the Main Menu is the total volume. Use the Step
key to go, to the measured value for the resettable volume or the flow rate
and other menu items, as follows:
Main Menu
Total volume [TOT] cannot be reset
Standard display adopted by the meter after a time-out.
The flow indicator bar corresponds to the meter
25'<. !ii.)!.; 'J!;,;100< measuring range. It shows the flow rate by means of
llllllllllllJlll TOT graduation marks, in steps of 5 per cent up to Qmax.
Subtotal volume [SUBTOT] can be reset

Reset: press the Enter key for 4 seconds. Reset must be
enabled in the Parameter Menu.The flow indicator bar
corresponds to the meter measuring range.It shows the
flow rate by means of graduation marks, in steps of 5 per
cent up to Qmax.
fUU...L Current flow rate

f llmtn Besides being displayed numerically, this value is also
2s.. 50ti 'JM ioo. shown in the display by a bar with graduation marks,
1111111111111111
each mark representing 5% of the maximum permitted
flow rate.
_nF_a___~4,_
Entry portal for the Information Menu
Display additional information about the device and
_[J operating status.
To access: press the Enter key for 4 seconds.
Time-out: 60 seconds
----~8s-
Entry portal for the Parameter Menu
Display and settings for device and operating parameters
_IPR_r_R_r"_, for display and outputs.
To access: press the Enter key for 8 seconds.
Time-Out: 60 seconds
Display test
B.HBRBBHB. !
25'. 50ti 15!. ioo. UNCAl o" % mA
All the segments are shown for 2 seconds for monitoring.
This test is also performed after switching on the unit.
11111111111111111111)))) ~~c~~s~¥

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
!Jk-=- AURA
"':"'-=.MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
134(172)
Device errors
If a device error is detected during the periodic self-test, this message is briefly
shown on the display every 2 seconds. Measuring accuracy is impaired.
The meter may supply incorrect values. The Information Menu gives
more information on the error.
The value diplayed in "subtotal volume" [SUBTOT] can be reset to zero

by pressing the Enter key for about 4 seconds, unless this function has
been disabled in the Parameter Menu.
If a meter error is present, the [ERROR] warning appears on the display

every 2 seconds. Details about the error are shown in the Information 0
Menu.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
27.2.2 Information menu
Select the [INFO] item from the Main Menu and then press the Enter key
for approx.4 seconds to enter the Information Menu. Use the Step key to
view the following additional information about the meter and the
operating status:
Information Menu
This is only shown when an error has been detected. CAUTION! Meter may suptlly lnconect measured va Ines
Error status [E- •... ]
[E-FLOW] flow overloo.d
[E-EEPJ dara error In EEPROM
[E-ROM] dlta em:r In ROM
[E-POWERJ error In power suppty
E-5f n5or [E-SENSORJ signal error
For derails, soo "Enm messages" page 29.
,,
Hours in operation [HO]
Total hours in operation for the meter in HH:MM format
Hours in operation [H1]

Hours in operation (HH:MM) in the optimal flow range, Qmin - QN

Hours in operation (HH:MM) in the upper flow range, QN - Qmax

Hours in operation (HH:MM) above Qmax
Duration [H4]
Duration (HH:MM) since last recorded flow
4u5 "'l Peak flow rate [MAX Q)

Maximum value of flow rate since starting operation
Nominal size DN15 ... DN50

[CAL] calibrated nominal size of the flow sensor
Measuring chamber volume [VC]

[CAL] calibrated volume of the flow sensor

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Status display for outputs

2 relay outputs
1 analogue current output
Calibration date [DD.MM.YYYY]

[CAL] calibrated in factory
[UNCAL] delivered in uncalibrated state (spare part)
Serial number of electronics module [EN]

Consecutive number to identify the hardware
mn Firmware Version [FW]

FLill
l I
WU Version number of electronics module firmware
Stltus of RELAY 1
Only the function that is enal:Jfed in the parameter setting is shown
volume pulses e:r frequency signal 01 Iimiting value switch
Of!
r 1 PULSE r 1 oFF
Status of pulse ou1IJU1: [R1 J Status of frequency output [R 1 ... Hz] Status of liniling value
[PULSE] ai:pears as long as tile cll~layst11e current flet11 cutput frequency switch {R1 ... l
pulse sluna 11.s prerent at 1tl?. output displays 1tl?. currEnt relay status
[ON] s'llitch clooed
[OFF] switch open
Only the second output enabled in the "Output selection" parameter setting is shown (relay 2 or analog
Status of RELAY 2
Function as for rElay, 1 see ab1"e
Status of pulse output [R2] Stab.ts of frequency oUII>ut (R2 ... Hz] Status of limiting value
switch [R2 ... J
Of
AMALOG status display
Status of clnent oull>lit [ANA ... mA]

Dls1)ays tile cw rent vahJ::! of tt1e cu1rertt rutput

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
If both keys are pressed at the same time, or if no key is pressed for 60
seconds, the device returns to the standard display.
27.2.3 Parameter menu
Select the [PARAMETER] item from the Main Menu and press the Enter
key for approx. 8 seconds to enter the Parameter Menu.
The menu structure for reading out parameters is shown below. Use the
Step key to display all the parameters that are set. Submenus are
available for the relay and power output menus; to enter them, press the
Enter key.
Unit of measurement for volume [UNIT VOL]

to display volume and flow rate: [L] litres (factory setting), [M3] m3, [G]
US gallons
tll 1t CI --1 Unit of measurement for time [UNIT Tl]

to display hours in operation and flow rate: [HJ hours (factory setting),
[MIN] minutes
~IJ rs = Nominal size DN15 ... DN50

[CAL] calibrated nominal size of the flow sensor
Measuring chamber volume [VC]

[CAL] calibrated volume of the flow sensor
Parameter and status display of output, relay 1

Details on next page
Only the ·second output enabled in the "Out.put se'lection:• 1paranieter ntli ng ·i~ Jhown.
Paran~r and status di~pl3'j' 11f output. r&l>lj 2
Details on no«t !=G99
or
Parameter and statue di~play for cummt11utput
C!e'tails on next FQga

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
4-=-=- AURA
:-=.MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
138(172)
Disable volume subtotal reset [SUBTOT]

[SUB RES] Subtotal can be reset (factory setting)
[SUB.NO.RES] Subtotal cannot be reset
If both keys are pressed at the same time, or if no key is pressed within
15 minutes, the device returns to the standard display.
Pararnetm Momu - datail'od view of outputs
Pa:ramotar di1SPli11!f, RB.AV 1

On~ the< luB:ti:li enable.din the "CIJtp.J: ~l;dion" parunet!!4' ~tling is sh(l'{jn.
volume pulses ~ 21) Cf frequency signal l:ll9J 27) oc Ii mi1ing value switch 1Ji:l~2B)
pUISoi! fl1dth IOWK tlO'll' rate \"lllue fllr l:rftr nmtr·rete 11m1nng 'IBLll!
Ofwlume :putaas In ms rrequencywtput 01ra11 Llnl 0,0,
1srrrs I I p=1
pu!Se t-alue Ofaie t'Olume pu191! IQ1flK freq.JIDCf Of upper flow rate mnmng w1ue
[I.PP] In 1ms J>'( l'JlSe l:f v«1111e rrequency wtput M l:f a 1 Llnl 0,,.,
lift ILJ oc [m'I
[Pl'G] JJJsoo ia Lt1gak>nt« 1'01.lme
lift IGI P··I
upper now rm nlue or flpterests [HYST]
rrequency wtput 02 IU 12 In Jll'Cl'lll a lnilrgv>.i.m
pul!!e lndtcsnon
i mu:I r~si: sI
(PIJLSEl a[l:NS az mg as Ile JJJse
upper !fequency al WttMJng jioeltl:fl or contac1s
!t!fd Ii ~4llS€111 al Ile IUpJ rrequency wtput f2 l:f 02 {JCT ON] oosm !t lrrfll'lg 1'1400
~
1~lha VK'J' ta& llJISie< t.~n
'1'1.llt" ITll/ 00 ll~~ OClll!UUtj.)
[ lttD:.)
current rrequ!nlJ wtput
~~
~
rrrqun::y l:f 00/I rite In H!
r f ~··J

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
----=- AURA
"':'""-=...MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
139(172)
On~ Ire Sllocm cUp.f €0ilt:led in the 'Output 931ecl00" parameler SS'Uif'iJ ~rs (relay 2 or ana1:¥J)
Param.iw cfmpll!y, RB.AY 2
Ont/the functi:ll that is erlli:Asd in the p<nmoter setliri;,t is dl::Min:
volum& 1pulaea cdrequency signal Cf limiting nl'ua swlt1;h IJtir d:tllils see relay 1)
orANALOG 11uramil!terdiepley
rlfl1~21 a,.,
lower fbw rati! m1ue
fcr4mA
ma~uD.~I upperllow
O,,"br~mi\
m'IB m1ue
I
~R/1'111 rD Atlllnustion of current output {DAMP]
[1) no dsrrpng [1'0) hijl dsrrpng
~tr fH~H I Current ou'lput 1in caee of an 1error [Bl:R ...)

[HJGlll] 21 ,Smi\, [LOW] 3,Srnl<, [OFF] no output
En~ 1 ~···1
currant sl:lltua of cu r,rent·output [ANA]
dispb)'S Im curreni 1'8lue rJ the rurent outpJ
IC::-':;'.-/;::
.___
I
ttl:r:tth leys.:im i;roooodm1hesafll31illl3, er if nokl1)'i$pl9SSOOwitlin15miru1:ro. th3 cbiiC9 returrntoth3
__. stardard dif!Pa/.
27.2.3.1 Parameter settings
In order to set the parameters, the device must first be unlocked with the
Service key. This puts the device into Edit mode.
This is located in the connections compartment and is only accessible

after the display module has been opened or unscrewed. The power
supply must not be interrupted when this is done.
This unlocking procedure is only possible within the Parameter Menu and
is done by pressing the Service key. Once the parameter setting is
enabled, symbol "'will be shown in addition to all the displays. On
exiting the Parameter Menu, the Edit mode is automatically discontinued.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
ff':..=_ AURA
'5'-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
140(172)
Parameter Menu
select = (!) save= ©

-;;m1---10..,----I> Measuril{} unit for vclm.e [UNIT VOL]
r
11ITt-""'T1
@>--~ --f>-1.Jn ll UOJ<l<l---~------IL_]1_1tr_e_-_IM_3_] _m·_- _-_l_C_]u_s_:;;p-·1_1o_n_ _ _ _ _ _ _...;;(!)_
v .-.-l---.--,._ _--'r.;>.l-----l>P Measurilg unit for time [UN rT TO
r Un 11. t
r. n <l<ii----v
_______
1
IHl_ho_u_rs_-_1111_1_1N_J_rn_1nut_es_-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _G)""""v
...d-n-J""S____, ____ -: ~-~ 1- _____ -I> ~Jorninal size DN15 ... DN 00, see &~Gtion _______ -, ,,..,,.
(•l •• '-
1
' "Parameterlslng the measuring senoc11 data" ~ v ~1
.___ _ __.4- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ·- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ..>..-v
, ____ --{:ii;', ______ -I> Measuring chamber vclume [VCJ, see sectbn _________ .,,. A
.._ _ '· r' "Parameterlsing the rneasur1ng senstX data"
__....__.... ·-------------------------------------------~-~
Output selection {OUTP SEL]
; v~1 ..
l"'t71n-i.-----I.~-· i - - - - - o [2REL OAN] 2 relays, no CL1rrent ou~)Ut --------::~

[1REL 1AN] 1 relay, 1 GlJrrent OU~)Ut v
Only the seroocl output enabled in Ule out11ut selection is shown
Parameter setting for relay 1

D:!ta lls on ne:<t page
Only the function enabled in the output selection is shown
Parameter setting for relay 2

Detal Is m nex1 P<\.08
or
Parameter setting for current output
Details m next pa93
r;=-;---,.-;:--,._ _--1.Q\1------01> Disable StEtotal volume reset [SUBTOT} _ _ _ _ _ _...,,,.

5ub rf~_'.-,.,I ~ (SW RES] Subtotal Gan be reset ~
~
1
. •• . [SW.NO.RES] Subtotal cann::1t be 1eset
[DO.RESET] Perfllm reset

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
--'=-=- AURA
~:MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
141(172)
Parameter Menu - set outputs
@-~~ p,,,,,res.,;cekey T select= (!) sme= ®

... RElAY 1
Volume pulses
', \ :' "-'
.......... "\ / ,,;
r&
s r~s ~ j;= __
Pulse width
r fUoLufry•' ~1 5-_5_0--25-0--50-0m_s_ _ _ ]!)--=-
...
0nty the functl on en-
abled In ''Parameter
, , , . ·-
,-' / : '. ·., ,,
yra lllf/!YP __ .....
p
~· Pulsevalueofonevolumepulse
o.1-1-10-100-1ooo[LPP1
sett Ing" Is shown ..

10-1-0.1-0.01-0.001[PPGJ
Current pulse output

(PULSE) appearn wtlen a pulse signal Is
pra;a-rt at the output
nn ~::r-. Lower now rate value 01 fer 11

~I
< ' - ..____ _ _~
/UJ/-Til;:__ declmalvalue:0... 02
411 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __...,....
]!)
Ian.l!w ~..... declmalvaJue:0
, ' I
,-'' / I \ '•., "' I Lowerfrequencyf1 for01
___ ~__...
... 12
-------------------~~
......
~
...._
...
I,___ _ _rM_,x ~
-=e
isaa-\~<1111-' Uppertlow ratevalue02 forf2
I daclmalvalue: 01 ... OIM.l'.
------------=-
nn ~<Iii-' Upperfrequency f2 for 02
Buu"' declma value: 11 ... 100 Hz ~
.______. . . .r&
! _·~~~ ----------~---=-
Currant frequency output
jr f Jf, w I~ OLrtpLrt frequency forflovmte In Hz

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Limiting value
r IL 1r~ 11:
d'
Actual position ot contact

[ON] contact CIOOOO
[OFF] ccntoctopen
-<3
Only the second output enooled In the 'OUTP SEL' 1>arameter setting Is sholMl (Relay 2 or Analog).
RELAY 2 setting -function as for relay 1, see above
er Analog
Lower flow rate value Om;n for 4mA
declmalvalua o... Q(20mA)
In order to set the individual parameters, the relevant menu item in the Parameter
Menu must be found, as above. Press the Enter key to enable editing. The value
to be set starts flashing and may be changed.
/?:'\
~
S~lections are available for most of the menu items. Use the Step key to select a
desired value and press the Enter key to save it. A saved value no longer flashes.
If discrete numerical values are to be entered as individual digits (e.g. flow rate
values), proceed from the smallest decimal place to the largest. The digit to be set
will flash. Use the Step key to select the value (0-9) and press the Enter key to
accept.Then set the next higher decimal place.
The number of decimal places is fixed. For litres and gallons, one decimal place is
specified; four decimal places are specified for m 3 .
For the limiting value settings, the function of the upper or lower limiting value
switch can be disabled if necessary. To do this, an "OFF" selection is also offered
when the lowest decimal value for the flow limit is entered.
If no key is pressed within 15 minutes, the device returns to the standard display
and the Edit mode is discontinued. Any entries that have not been completed by
pressing the Enter key are rejected.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
27.2.3.2 Parameterising the display
In order to set the parameters, the device must be unlocked with the
Service key. See the section on Parameter setting.
Setting the unit of measurement for volume [UNIT VOL]

Possible settings and subsequent parameters derived from them are as
follows:
litre [UNIT LIT]: pulse value in litres per pulse [LPP], flow in [I/time]
cubic metres [UNIT M3]: pulse value in litres per pulse [LPP], flow in
[m3/time]
US gallons [UNIT USG]: pulse value in pulses per gallon [PPG], flow
in [gal./time]
The set unit of measurement is shown as an index.
Setting the unit of measurement for time [UNIT Tl]

Possible settings and subsequent parameters derived from them are as
follows:
hour [UNIT Tl h]: flow rate in [Volume/h]
minute [UNIT Tl min]: flow rate in [Volume/min]
The set unit of measurement is shown as an index.
27.2.3.3 Parameterising the flow sensor data
In order to guarantee accurate measurement, the electronics on the flow

sensor require adjustment. During calibration in the factory, the data for
nominal size and the exact measuring chamber volume are entered for
this purpose. These parameters cannot usually be changed again. They
are displayed with the index [CAL] to document the calibrated condition
of the instrument.
If the measurement transducer has to be replaced, it is possible to enter

these two parameters manually in order to "marry" a new measurement
transducer with the flow sensor. For spare parts for which the nominal
size or measuring chamber volume can be changed, this is shown by the
[UNCAL] index.
Service key ..
CAUTION: the settings for the nominal size or the measuring

chamber volume can be changed within a maximum time window of
7 days after the first change, and a maximum of 4 changes can be
made. After the time window has expired or after the fifth change to
these two parameters, NO FURTHER CHANGES ARE POSSIBLE.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
27.2.3.4 Parameterising the outputs
Service key.
The outputs to be used must be enabled in the 'Output selection [OUTP
SEL] in the Parameter Menu.
Only enabled outputs can be parameterised. The following alternatives

are possible:
2 relay outputs (factory setting) or
1 relay output and 1 current output
Pulse output for summing the flow volume (totaliser)
Parameter Menu: volume function [R1VOLUM]
.../_
.
··~~--~-~· "'"""'"'""'""""'"
ms
Parameters that can be set:
Pulse width (t): 5 - 50 - 250 - 500 ms

=> The pulse width determines the smallest possible pulse value.
Pulse value for litres, m3 [LPP]: 0, 1 - 1 - 10 - 100 - 1000 m3 or

Ur/pulse
~.
.
Pulse value for US gallons [PPG]: 10 - 1 - 0.1 - 0.01 - 0.001 .
Pulses/USG
(Factory setting: 250 ms, 1 Ur/pulse; DN40-50: 10 Ur/pulse)
=> Based on the pulse width shown above, only those values are offered
that can also display the maximum possible flow rate. If a lower pulse
value is required other than those, a smaller pulse width must be
selected.
Signal behaviour:
When the pulse value is reached, the solid state relay is closed for the
duration of the set pulse width.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Frequency output depicting flow rate
Parameter Menu: flow rate function [R 1 FLOW]

HZ
100-+-----------
Frequency range and proportionality of the signal over the desired flow
rate measurement range 01 ... 02
Lower flow rate [MIN]: 01 ~ 0 (factory setting: Omin)
Lower frequency [Hz]: f1 ~ 0 (factory setting: 10 Hz)
Upper flow rate [MAX]: 02:::; Omax· (factory setting: ON)
Upper frequency [Hz]: f2:::; 100 Hz (factory setting: 80 Hz)
=> The upper frequency must be larger than the lower frequency.
The upper flow rate value must be larger than the lower flow rate
value.
Omin. QN and Omax are dependent on the nominal size of the meter.
Signal behaviour:
a) Value falls below the set lower flow rate value 01:
proportional decrease to 0 Hz, which is then maintained.
b) Value exceeds set upper flow rate value Q2:
proportional increase to 100 Hz, which is then maintained.
No provision is made for error signals.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
Switching output to signal a limiting value (Limit)
Parameter Menu: limiting value output [R1 LIMIT]
r
J '
a um.m
Lower flow rate limiting value [LIMIT MIN]:

[OFF] or Q Limmin ~ 0
(factory setting: Omin)
Upper flow rate limiting value [LIMIT MAX]:
[OFF] or Q Limmax :5 Omax·
(factory setting: QN )
=> The upper flow rate limiting value must be larger than the lower flow
rate limiting value. Omin and Omax are dependent on the nominal size.
Hysteresis [HYST] (H): 0 ... 10% of Q Lim

(factory setting: 1%)
Working position of the semiconductor switch: active on - active off
Signal behaviour:
a) For a flow rate lying between the lower and upper flow rate limiting
values, the semiconductor switch is open in the "active on" working
position. In the "active off'' working position, it is closed.
b) If the upper flow rate limiting value is reached or exceeded, the
contact switches to the closed position. It switches back again as
soon as the value falls below the upper flow rate limiting value by the
hysteresis amount.
c) If the lower flow rate limiting value is reached or if the value falls
below this limit, the contact switches to the closed position. It switches
back again as soon as the lower flow rate limiting value is exceeded
by the amount of the hysteresis.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
.L(-=--=- AURA
S'-=.MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
147(172)
Analogue current output (4 ... 20mA) depicting flow rate
Parameter Menu: analogue output [ANALOG]
lro ro.
1
' tet==:J'f
]pi--~~~~~-+-~~~
Proportionality of the signal over a flow rate-range 01 to 02

flow rate at 4mA [MIN mA] (14): 01 ~ 0
(factory setting: 0)
flow rate at 20mA [MAX mA] (120): 02 :5 Omax·
(factory setting: ON )
=> The upper flow rate value must be larger than the lower flow rate
value.
Omin. QN and Omax are dependent on the nominal size.
Damping of the signal on rapidly changing measured values

Damping value [DAMP] 1 (none) ... 10 (maximum)
=> The higher the damping, the larger the relative error.
Signal level when a relevant meter error occurs

Error behaviour [ERR ... ]: HIGH (21,5mA),LOW (3,5mA), OFF
Signal behaviour:
a) Value falls below the set lower flow rate value 01:
proportional decrease to 3.8mA which is then maintained.
b) Value exceeds set upper flow rate value 02:
proportional increase to 20.8mA which is then maintained.
c) Error signal for measurement-relevant meter error (sensor, ROM,
supply voltage, etc.):
For HIGH error behaviour: output 21.5mA
For LOW error behaviour: output 3.5mA
For OFF error behaviour: no error signal, continued output of
computed value.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
27 .3 Error messages
The electronics perform a self-test about every 5 minutes. If an error is

detected which impairs the reliability or accuracy of the measurement,
the [ERROR] warning will appear every 2 seconds on the display.
The error is shown in detail in the Information Menu:
[E-FLOW] maximum permitted flow rate (Qmax) exceeded

The meter is mechanically overloaded and is no longer measuring
accurately.
Action: reduce the flow rate or use the next higher nominal size.
[E-POWER] supply voltage is too low
Faulty data processing, meter supplies incorrect measured values.
Action: check the voltage supply and eliminate the cause of the error
(if applicable).
0
[E-EEP] error when reading or saving data to EEPROM, faulty data
backup.
Totaliser value may be incorrect.
Action: measurement transducer must be replaced. Please contact
the supplier.
[E-ROM] error when reading data from the ROM
Faulty data processing, meter supplies incorrect measured values.
the supplier.
[E-SENSOR] signal error from flow sensor to measurement
transducer
Meter supplies incorrect measured values.
the supplier.
27 .4 Maintenance
Check connections periodically for tightness and if necessary tighten

again.
For control and cleaning, the measuring chamber and the ring piston of
the meters DN15 - 50 can be removed without dismantling the meter
from the pipe.
The cleaning and revision cycle depends largely on the conditions of

operation. Under favourable conditions 5 - 10 years suffice.
Check the units for corrosion. When ancillary equipment is used, observe
their mounting and operation instructions.
Please, contact Auramarine Ltd for spare parts.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
---=-AURA Document Id: IM6517C
"'::""-=...MARINE
28 AUTO FILTER TYPE 6.23
28.1 General
The automatic press filters of type 6.23 is suitable for filtering liquids with
a working pressure of over 2 bars at the filter outlet.
This filter, which is self-cleaning through own medium back-flushing,

consists of filter housing, filter element, cleaning arrangement, pressure
differential monitoring arrangement, pneumatic actuator as well as
electric control panel supplied separately with the equipment.
The filter Type 6.23.1 forms a single unit consisting of automatic press
filter, change-over unit and bypass filter.
The back-flushing effect depends on the pressure differential between

the clean side of the filter and the flushing oil piping. In the interst of a
good flushing effect the system should therefore be run ta the highest
possibel operating pressure (minimum 2 bars at the titler outlet) and the
filushing oil piping must be laid without possibility of counter pressure.
The fine-mesh screen fabrics are adversely affected by precipitates and

deposits of macromolecular hydrocarbons (e.g. ashaltenes), with clog the
fabric. Although the screen fabric will continue to filter at a reduced rate,
the point is soon reached where the fabric is no longer cleaned by the
automatic flushing process.
This phenomenon occurs with certain heavy oil grades and also leads to
deposits in preheaters, viscometers and injection pumps
The liquid to be filtered enters the filter housing at the inlet branch,
passes through the filter elements, which are in the form of disc screens,
from the inside to the outside and leaves the filter at the outlet branch.
When the value set at the timer relay of the preselected time in the
electric control panel has been reached or if the maximum permissible
pressure differential has been reached as a result of filter clogging, which
can be recognized by the fact that about 60 % of the indicator disc on the
pressure differential gauge shows red, the back-flushing process is
triggered automatically without interruption in operation. At that time the
pneumatic cylinder integrated in the housing cover is pressurized and as
a result the saucershaped flushing arrangement at the inside of the
supporting body, which is provided with transverse slots, on which the
individual screen discs are mounted, is moved up and down. At the same
time the sludge drain valve situated at the lower end of the piston rod
opens and the dirt is carried away together with the liquid through the
annular gap of the flushing plate and into the flushing oil piping. In this
arrangement the pressure gradient between the operating pressure in the

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
'=..=:::. AU~A INSTRUCTION MANUAL 150(172)
'&'-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
filter housing and the atmospheric pressure in the flushing oil piping is
utilized to improve the flushing effect.
A special construction of the support body and the flushing arrangement

makes it possible to reduce flushing oil loss and pressure drop to a
minimum while retaining a good flushing effect.
The flushing arrangement operates as follows:
The revolving slots of the support body are set in a staggered

arrangement on the latters's inside. The flushing plate with its revolving
annular gap is divided internally into two separate compartments, one
compartment being connected to the flushing piping during the upward
motion of the flushing plate and the other compartment during the
downward motion. In this way one half of the screen is cleaned during
the upward motion and the other screen half during the downward
motion. The staggered slot arrangement of the supporting body is at that
time utilized to flush the screen in 1/4 segments during cleaning. The
0
result is a high flow rate on the fabric, which is needed to achieve
effective flushing. When the screen fabric has been cleaned, the flushing
arrangement returs to its starting position and at that time closes the
valve of the flushing oil outlet.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
4--=-':""-=..MARINE
151(172)
SIEBAtlSBAU SIEllAU.BBAU
DISMOUNllNGTl<E fij,T£l1 t!UJllFNT
DelolOlllAOC OU PmtR lliSuoli1mtio l)j~ Fil TF.R fl~MF,Nl
oi:MOllTAO!l'OUPANIER
\ \
UJ
El NTRITT
INm
ENTRFE
SCHLAMMABLASS ENTLEERUNG G1
UllllllRl>JN MUOOl'lllJN
\o10mGE OE DOOE& \'illiwGC DE DOIA!S
ANSICHT•X"
< l'll!W'X'
l/Uf ·x·
BETRIEBSDRUCK FILTERRAUM }
lllORKINGPR£ll!\f11.TERCIWID(ll
PflESSOESER\'ICE CIW.<l!RE f11.t •
. A1
z.16 BAR BEi 200°1:
~AA
TOLERANZEN
1oww1.ct·
J(}t,rn..\N!:t
J
'
·DIN ISO 21&&.m
GEGENFLANSCHE, DICHTUNGEN UNO SCHRAUBEN

GlffiOEREN zu~ UEFERUMFANG
COUl(fi;l FtANCES. GAsi<ETSNIO 8 O'. lSilaONI) lOOE\M:JiY
FROllT·PAATJo oe LA FoRN11UR£ OON'IRE$ e~uts~ Ollll& tl l;\OOlJlONNERl£

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
'::. .=:. AU RA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 152(172)
W-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
28.2 Starting-up
1. Open stop valves at the filter inlet and outlet.
2. Check for presence of control air at the required pressure of 4 to

10 bars.
3. Switch on the main switch at the EL-control panel. The filter is

ready for operation.
4. Set change-over valve plug to position I (see figure 1).
5. Switch the pump on.
6. Trigger a flushing cycle by actuating the "Manual" function at the

EL-control panel. This vents the filter housing of the automatic
press filter, i.e. the air held in the filter is discharged by the liquid
pressure via the flushing arrangement into the flushing oil piping.
7. Unscrew venting screw (cover retainer) of the by-pass filter.
8. Change-over valve plug to position II (see figure 1). Through this

pressure equalising position, the housing of the by-pass filter is
slowly filled up and vented through the venting screw.
9. Close venting screw and return valve plug to position I.
The automatic press filter is now in operation, while the by-pass filter is
on standby, i.e. during maintenance work on the automatic press filter
the by-pass filter can by setting the plug to position IV (see figure) be
immediately put into the filter circuit and the automatic press filter taken
out of operation.
l.MSCHAL IORGAl\I
CHAf\GE-0VER U\llT
DRLCKFIL IERAUTOlvtA I
AUTC!ll. PRESS. FIL 1ER <~
fig. 1

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax + 358 204 86 5031
tr--=- AURA
~-::..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
153(172)
28.3 Control of automatic filter, type 6.23
Selecting parameter assignment mode of A14A1 (LOGO!) controller:
Note in parameter assignment mode, the LOGO! continues execution of the

circuit
program.
1. Press 'f' as many times as required to get date into the display
2. Press ESC to change from RUN to parameter assignment mode.
LOGO! changes to parameter assignment mode and opens the parameter

assignment menu:
Moving from stop to Prg Name by pressing 'f' or ~buttons. Selection by

pressing OK. Back by pressing ESC
Description of the four menu items of the parameter assignment menu:
Stop is selected to stop the circuit program.
After the program is stopped it can started from the opening

menu. From where also the clock and the summer I winter time
can be set by selecting Clock.
Set Param is selected to change the filter parameters.
Selection by pressing 'f' (cursor moves from Stop to

Set Param) and then OK.
Moving from parameter to another by pressing 'f' and ~

buttons.
Paramers are changed by pressing OK when the

parameter to be changed is in display.
Back by pressing ESC.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Flush counter reset (example)
FCTR
On= 0
Off= 0
Cnt= 21
Flush counter value is in parameter Cnt
Press r> (or<l)as many times as required to move the cursor

on 2. Press V 2 times to change 2 to 0. Press I> once to move
the cursor on 1. Press V once to change 1 to 0. Press OK.
Sludge pump run time change (slugde pump is an option which

may not be installed).
0
. SP RUNT
TH =02:00m
TL =OO;OOs
ta:k;oo:oo
Sludge pump run time value is in parameter TH. 02 means
minutes, 00 means seconds.
Press I> (or<l) as many times as required to move the cursor on

02:00. Press V or h. on numbers to change the run time. When
the run time is changed press OK.
28.3.1 Flush period change
12
F PERIOD 0
40
T =02:00h ·
Ta.=OO:OOh · ·
Flush period time value is in parameter T. 02 means hours, 00

means minutes.
Press I> (or<l) as many times as required to move the cursor on

02:00. Press V or h. on numbers to change the flush period time.
When the flush period is changed press OK.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
LJ--=- AURA
s-::..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
155(172)
28.3.2 Flush time change
Flush time value is in parameter TH. 03 means seconds, 00 means

fractional parts of seconds
Press ~ (or..,..) as many times as required to move the cursor on 03:00.

Press T or A on numbers to change the flush time. When the flush
time is changed press OK.
28.3.3 Parameter settings
Parameter Factory Setting limits which are

setting not to go under or
exceed
Sludge pump 2 minutes from 2,0 to 5,0 minutes
run time
Flush oeriod 2 hours from 0,5 to 5 hours
Flush time 3 seconds from 1,0 to 3,0
seconds
28.3.4 Set clock is selected to set time and date.
Press ~ (or""") as many times as required to move the cursor on

parameter to be changed. Press T or A to change the parameter (e.g.
day). After all parameters are correct press OK.
Prg Name is not used.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
28.4 Maintenance
For all maintenance operations, the filter must be taken out of

service and the air supply shut off.
To maintain trouble-free operation, the points listed below must be

observed when carrying out maintenance work.
Remove and check the screen insert initially after about 50 hours of
operation, then after 250, 500 and later every 1000 hours of operation.
Since even with automatic filters the possibility cannot be excluded that
in the course of time and depending on the nature of the medium dirt
particles may accumulate in the fabric of the filter elements and lead to
encrustation, the screen discs must, when that happens, be soaked for
about 4 hours in a suitable carbon remover e.g. Filter-clean or 885 of
0
Vecom or others.
Then using the flat yet nozzle of the Boll cleaning unit type 5.04 or
another available high pressure cleaning lance the wire mesh of the
discs should be thoroughly washed section by section. After drying with
compressed air, check the discs regarding cleaning effect and eventual
damages.
The fabric must not be damaged.
Damaged screen discs or screen discs, which cannot be cleaned,

must be changed.
Stubborn deposits on the screen discs can be removed in

ultrasonic cleaning plants. This must be done expertly, however,
since the fabrics may otherwise be damaged as a result of:
0
a) excessively long exposure (5 minutes max.)
b) excessively high frequency
c) local abrasions on the fabric through inexpert
positioning in the ultrasonic bath.
Check movable internal components of the flushing arrangement inside

the screen support body for easy movement and possible signs of wear.
Check seals for wear and replace if necessary.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
28.4.1 Maintenance instructions (automatic press filter)
See drawing 1-25415 or 1-25237 resp. for type 6.23
For all maintenance operations, the filter must be taken out of

service and the air supply shut off!
1. Removal of the screen insert
- Unscrew control air pipework (item 65) at the cylinder

cover (item 3).
- Slacken screws (item 25) and pull off cylinder cover

upwards.
- Pull screen insert out of the housing complete with

flushing arrangement.
- Unscrew slotted nut (item 43) and pull screen discs (item
5) offthe support body (item 4).
To slacken the slotted nut, do not clamp the support

body on the sealing surfaces or piston rod. Two
clamping surfaces have been provided for this purpose
on the upper side of the support body.
- The starting torque at reinstall for the slotted nut (item 43)
DN 32 40 Nm
DN 40; 50 48 Nm
2. Removal of the flushing arrangement
- Remove screen insert as described above.
- Slacken self-locking nut (item 37) and pull piston (item 12)
off the piston rod (item 10).
To counteract the torque when slackening the nut, use a

drift or similar, which is inserted into the transverse bore
of the piston rod underneath the piston.
- Pull the piston rod out of the support body complete with
flushing plate (item 6).
- After removing the circlip (item 39), the flushing plate can
be pulled off the piston rod.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
'::.==. AU~A INSTRUCTION MANUAL 158(172)
=--=...MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
- The sludge drain reducer (item 11) at the end of the piston
rod is at the same time used as the valve cone for the
flushing oil valve and can be unscrewed from the piston rod
for cleaning or for replacement in the ease of damage.
3. Removal of the flushing oil valve
- Remove screen insert as described above.
- Unscrew the sludge drain guide (item 8), which is in the

form of a hexagon, from the filter housing with a box
spanner.
- Remove the guide bush (item 9) after releasing the circlip

(item 40).
- Remove circlip (item 39) and push valve seat (item 7)

0
upwards out of the sludge drain guide.
28.4.2 Maintenance instructions (by-pass filter)
(See drawing 1-25238)
Take the by-pass filter out of operation before carrying out

maintenance work on it!
To remove the screen insert, proceed as follows:
Slacken venting screw (item 132) of the cover retaining arrangement,

and in this way check that the filter housing is not pressurised. @
Unscrew the venting screw until the cover panel (item 135) over the
concealed cover screws (item 123) can be swivelled.
Remove cover (item 106) after slackening the cover screws and pull
screen insert out of the filter housing.
Clean screen insert with suitable solvents (see KV349) and then blow
through with compressed air from the outside to the inside.
Check seals and replace any damaged seals.
Assemble filter in the reverse order and prepare by-pass filter for
operation as described in the section "Starting-up".

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Z45550
TYP4.36.2
17.03.03
[{")
r--
())
N
93 ·---...;:;;.G1/4
95 M20x1,5
40.5 52
97
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
20
7
aP2
1al
SPECIFICATION:
PROTECTION CLASS: IP 65 3a b3
Specification
Protection class: IP 65
Electr. Data: Switching voltage V = Max. = 250 220
Frequency Hz = Max. = 0-60 0-60
Switching current A = Max= 1 0.8
Making and/or breaking capacity
WNA Max.= 60160 40160
Material: GD-Aluminium
Rating: Max. Pressure100 bar
Max. Temperature 150°C
Ranges of Pressure Delta P = 0-0.5 bar
Differential 0-0.8 bar to be specified
0-1.2 bar when ordering
0-2.0 bar
0-3.0 bar
Description:
The purpose of this device is the measurement, and visual indication of the difference in pressure between two
points, and the establishment of an electrical contact when the pressure differential attains specified figure.
Method of operation
A plunger sealed by diaphragm separates the space under pressure into two chambers. A pre-loaded spring
causes the plunger to take up its zero position when pressure difference delta P is zero. As the pressure difference
increases (delta P >O), the plunger is forced to move against the spring. At the same time, an indicator disc is
moved magnetically, and therefore virtually without friction, and the two reed contacts are actuated.
The red segment of the indicator disc is visible over a pressure range equal to 50%-100% delta P1. The first reed
contact is actuated at 75% delta P1, and the second at 100% delta P2.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
Differential pressure contact indicator.
0
c·~.
·~ '"
'"
f1 1
j I
i
~1
l
I
'.
I
l
Ii 4,
q
u
I
l
' 1
I' '
,.,., ,.,I
r~.
~
I
;£!
'1
'
!:::
I
I
)<

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
~·
i
l
I
L_
FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
-::.==. AURA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 162(172)
'5"-=..MARINE Document Id: IM6517C
28.5 "BOLL CLEAN 2000" cleaning-concentrate
For a continuous soaking time of 8 days, at a mixture of BOLL CLEAN 1:

2,5 water at a temperature of 25°C no damage was found on the BOLL &
KIRCH products listed here:
BOLL&KIRCH Boll Clean 2000 Limitations

Perbunan gaskets Constant None
Viton gaskets Constant None
Polyester meshes Constant Soaking-time:
Not over 24 hrs.
Plug-in candle w. Constant Soaking-time:
stainless-steel mesh Not over 24 hrs.
Screw-in candle w. Constant Soaking-time:
stainless-steel mesh Not over 24 hrs.
Teflonized filterelement
for filters 6.20 series Constant Soaking-time:
and teflonized Not over 24 hrs.
multimantle elements
Stainless-steel
filter-discs for filters Constant None
6.23/6.24 series
BOLL & KIRCH cannot accept any guarantee claims for damage to their
products caused by the use of other cleaning materials.
BOLL CLEAN 2000 is solent-free cold cleaning agent. It's a liquid

cleaning and degreasing agent with a broad spectrum of applications. It
can be used for virtually all cleaning and degreasing purposes.
BOLL CLEAN 2000 can be mixed with any type of water including
seawater. BOLL CLEAN 2000 cleans quickly and thoroughly and is
extremely economical. Even at concentrations of 1 part in 50 parts water,
it offers good cleaning and degreasing properties.
The use of BOLL CLEAN 2000 does not require any safety measures.
BOLL CLEAN 2000 offers all these outstanding characteristics without
the disadvantages of solvent-based cleaner. BOLL CLEAN 2000 is not
combustible, not subject to identification marking regulations, without
unpleasant smell, not chemically aggressive, physiologically safe,
biologically decomposable (Reg.-Nr. 04860019).

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
BOLL CLEAN 2000 can be stored at low or high temperatures and will
recover its functional properties after is has returned to normal
temperature.
Range of applications:
BOLL CLEAN 2000 is suitable for cleaning and degreasing metals,

plastics, firmly adhering paint finishes and similar surfaces. It removes
oil, wax, grease, soot and a large of number of other deposits.
28.5.1 Heavy fuel oil sludged meshes
Have to be soaked in a standard solvent. After soaking, the filter

elements are cleaned by using the BOLL & KIRCH Cleaning Unit Type
5.04 in connection with BOLL CLEAN 2000.
28.5.2 Instructions for use
The use of BOLL CLEAN 2000 is not tied to any specific cleaning
method. BOLL CLEAN 2000 can be used in a dip bath, a spraying
system or a steam cleaner, or it can be applied manually with a cloth, a
brush or a sponge. It can be used cold or warm.
BOLL CLEAN 2000 can be mixed with water including seawater.

Concentration for cleaning filter mesh: 1:2,5
Temperature: up to 60 degree C max.
The concentration depends on the nature and the thickness of the

deposits to be removed. When used in concentrations from 1:30
onwards, no subsequent rinsing is required. No visible film will remain on
the surface.
In automatic filters, where heavy fuel must pass through very fine filter-
elements to protect the injection pumps, the micronic CrNi-steel filter-
meshes can ultimately become clogged despite frequent and intensive
self-cleaning by back-flushing.
The solids deposited on the filter-meshes and on the clean side consist
largely of hydrocarbons. These cannot be removed by any of the
commercially available solvents and even attempts at ultrasonic cleaning
allied to well-proven chemicals are often no more successful.
The comulative effect of oxygen, water, the shear-forces acting on the oil,
all allied to temperatures ranging from 110°C to 150°C, causes crystalline
liquids to form in the heavy fuel, which combine as macromolecular - i.e.
carbon-rich - molecular chains, resulting in sticky deposits and
consequent risk of clogged filter-elements as described.
AURAMARINE LTD P.O.BOX849 Tel+ 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
28.6 Spare parts
28.6.1 Type 6.23
Bezeihuno DN32 DN40 DN50

Pos
parts parts parts
Nr. Designation Code No Code No Code No
1 Housing 1 Z25036 1 Z25464 1 Z25500
3 Cover 1 3-25045 1 3-25466 1 3-25502
Filter element
4 1 Z25026 1 Z25479 1 Z25505
support
5 Filter element 13 3-25125 10 3-25510 15 3-25510
6 Flushing disc 2 4-25073 2 4-25483 2 4-25483
7 Valve seat 1 4-25127 1 4-25127 1 4-25127
8 Sludge drain 1 4-25239 1 4-25239 1 4-25506
9 Guide 1 4-24881 1 4-24881 1 4-24881
10 Piston rod 1 3-25079 1 3-25485 1 3-25503
11 Throttle 1 4-25086 1 4-25488 1 4-25488
QTDF40.8 QTDF QTDF 50.10

12 Piston 1 1 1
AGU 01 50.10AGU 01 AGU 01
15 Gasket 1 2-117 1 2-117 1 2-117
16 Gasket 1 2-123 1 2-123 1 2-123
17 Gasket 1 2-247 1 2-261 1 2-261
18 Gasket 1 2-219 1 2-223 1 2-223
19 Gasket 2 2-115 2 2-118 2 2-118
20 Gasket 2 50x67x1 .5 2 78x94x1 .5 2 78x94x1.5
22 Gasket 1 35x42x1 .5 1 35x42x1.5 1 35x42x1 .5

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
LJ-=--=- AURA
~-=..MARINE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
165(172)
25 Bolt 6 M10x30 6 M12x30 6 M12x30
26 Bolt B M10x40 B M12x50 B M12x50
2B Bolt 4 M10x25 4 M10x25 4 M10x25
29 Bolt 2 M10x16 2 M10x16 2 M10x16
30 Bolt 4 M5x16 4 M5x16 4 M5x16
31 Bolt 2 M5x50 2 M5x50 2 M5x50
32 Bolt 4 M6x16 4 M6x16 4 M6x16
33 Bolt 2 MBx25 2 M10x30 2 M10x30
34 Bolt B M10 B M12 B M12
36 Nut 4 M6 4 M6 4 M6
37 Nut 1 MB 1 MB 1 MB
3B Nut 2 MB 2 M10 2 M10
39 Circlip 1 22x1.75 1 22x1 .75 1 22x1.75
40 Circlip 1 30x1.2 1 30x1.2 1 30x1.2
42 Nut 4 M10 4 M10 4 M10
43 Nut 1 KM16 1 KM22 1 KM22
44 Circlip 1 1Bx1.5 1 22x1 .75 1 22x1.75
45 Counter flange 2 WN165 2 WN165 2 WN165
47 Counter flange 1 WN165 1 WN165 1 WN165
50 Fastining bow 1 4-251B9 1 4-251B9 1 4-251B9
Diff.Pressure
51 1 4.36.2 1 4.36.2 1 4.36.2
indicator
1 4-234B7 1 4-234B7 1 4-234B7
Plate
52
Isolation plate 1 4-23B02 1 4-23B02 1 4-23B02

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
EWV-111-G EWV-111-G EWV-111-G

1 1 1
60-1/4 B-00 60-1/4 B-00 60-1/4 B-00
Valve EOX-220/60 EOX-220/60 EOX-220/60
S3 Coil 1 1 1
HO HO HO
Coupler socket
1 FORM B PG9 1 FORM B PG9 1 FORM B PG9
Sound
S4 2 PSS14 2 PSS14 2 PSS14
absorber
SS Terminal box 1 3-23S33 K4 1 3-23S33 K4 1 3-23S33 K4
8WA1011- 8WA1011- 8WA1011-

S6 Binding screw 7 7 7
1DG 11 1DG 11 1DG 11
S7 Bolt 2 M4x10 2 M4x10 2 M4x10
S8 Assembly rail 1 SST 1141 1 SST 1141 1 SST 1141
S9 End angle 2 8 WA 180S 2 8WA180S 2 8 WA 180S
2 PG9 2 PG9 2 PG9

Cable
4 PG11 4 PG11 4 PG11
60 screwing
Screwing 1 PG 9-PG 11 1 PG 9-PG 11 1 PG 9-PG 11
BIH FP/I BIH FP/I

62 Cable O.Sm O.Sm BIH FP/I 3x1 .S O.Sm
3x1.S 3x1 .S
412 07.13 412 07.13 412 07.13
63 Globe valve 2 2 2
G1/4 G1/4 G1/4
64 Screwing 3 DL 8 G1/4 3 DL 8 G1/4 3 DL 8 G1/4
6S Screwing 2 ALL 6 M10x1 2 ALL 6 M10x1 2 ALL 6 M10x1
1090613 1090613 1090613

66 Screwing 1 1 1
G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
10S0613 10S0613 10S0613
67 Screwing 2 2 2
G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
68 Screwing 1 GL 8 G1/4 1 GL 8 G1/4 1 GL 8 G1/4
72 Pipe 1 Z3SS61 1 Z3SS61 1 Z3SS61
7S Name plate 1 WN26S.3 1 WN26S.3 1 WN26S.3

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
! ~,,,
)>
c
~
s: ~
r_)_
)>
;:o 126 w 122
I
125
z I ! I
m
r-
-t
II !I I 113 I ''' f11
0 f . -----------135
"Tl "'O
zo
--------·---132
·-------136
--------120
115
Ii~
rl> CD
~o Ji!W:!-----~~~~~~-----123 ! 2J>JJ
o><
~ <»
il-----~---106 ; m
-; """ i11
. u~~~i
C'°
::0
;:>:; -----111.
c
L '-;---1
o-
o Z
1 0 (f)
Pos. 1-75 s1ehe j c: -I
Zeichn.,mg: 1-25237 I ~-~---< 3 :;a
<1> c
:::J ( )
T
l
:: -l
a.-
..
-z
0
~~
)>
(JI
wo,melP-it.ze;m~ --"' z
_..,,,,.. d~ffusivHy cement -....ic
() )>
r
Mbei ryr;i62U
or>.r for typef,2t 4
I
l II II .I
;I
I
Il
"Tl-;
Ql CD
x-
+ + rn
l !
125 3!. 20 130 !,$ 100
I I I I
110 117 121
\
rn 131.
I
11a
w'-"
(11 (11 117
<» <»
NN '
00 ' -
1.
""""""
<» <»
Ol Ol
!
01 (11
00
w'-"
~o
28.6.2 Type 6.23.1
BezeihunQ DN32 DN40 DN50

Pos
Nr. Desgination parts Code No parts Code No parts Code No
1 Automatic filter 1 6.23 DN32 1 6.23 DN40 1 6.23 DN50
100 Housing 1 3-25133 1 2-25524 1 2-25524
101 Cock 1 4-25268 1 3-25530 1 3-25530
103 Cover 1 4-25278 1 4-25528 1 4-25528
104 Cock handel 1 4-8635 1 4-8635 1 4-8635
105 Housing 1 2-25036 1 2-25532 1 2-25532
106 Cover 1 3-25161 1 3-25161 1 3-25161
4-25543 4-25543 4-25543

108 Filter element 1 1 1
11844 11843 11843
110 Gasket 1 2-220 1 2-226 1 2-226
111 Gasket 1 2-247 1 2-247 1 2-247
113
Gasket 1 J-324-7-R-T 1 J-330-7-R-T 1 J-330-7-R-T
114
Gasket 2 2-231 2 2-231 2 2-231
115 Gasket 1 A 13x18x1.5 1 A 13x18x1.5 1 A13x18x1.5
116 Gasket 1 A 33x39x2 1 A 33x39x2 1 A 33x39x2
117 Gasket 4 50x67x1.5 4 78x94x1 .5 4 78x94x1 .5
Quick-fixing-
120 1 18 SXN 26 1 18 SXN 26 1 18 SXN 26
device
122 Bolt 2 M10x20 2 M12x30 2 M12x30
123 Bolt 6 M10x25 6 M12x30 6 M12x30
124 Bolt 2 G 1/4 2 G 1/4 2 G 1/4
125 Bolt 16 M10x30 16 M12x30 16 M12x30

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
126 Bolt 8 M10x30 8 M12x30 8 M12x30
130 Nut 16 M10 16 M12 16 M12
132 Bolt 1 4-25002 1 4-25002 1 4-25002
133 Bolt 1 G1 1 G1 1 G1
135 Locking plate 1 4-25246 1 4-25246 1 4-25246
136 Gasket 1 2-115 1 2-115 1 2-115
137 Label 1 4-25279 1 4-26264 1 4-26264

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
)>
c
;u
)>
:s:
)>
;u
zm
r-
-I
0
3
,, -u
~()
"' CD
~o
oX
~CX>
-i ~
cco
::0
L GEKLEBT
::>'>
c
CEWEIIlE[)
CCHE
A o-
o Z
(") (/)
c -;
3 ;o
9[ I 9[Sl[L LUNG ANG[B[N <t> c
10 SE wnn ON[l) IN CtiSE OF Cl?l:UI ::I0
11 A W[ISlll)IN[R lO~ t{ lA (l)WWAIJ)[ :: -;
.. 0-
a.
7 -z
~s:
PJJFTR .NR.;
Cl?t{R NO. T'rP 4.36.2
NO t{ (!)WW.Wt{ ()1 )>
_.,,.z
10 ---.I c
o)>
r
11 ROLLl.![l.!9Ril.N
10 r R
A- B 7 KOL9£N PISTON PISTON
3 OICHTUNG GA9<£T JCIITT
C6JJR, 9[ Z£ ICHN UNG
ERSATZTEILZEICHNUNG ZUM TYP 4J6 .2 UNO 4.46.2 ~
)PART PART) ORAl'llNG PLAN 0[) Pl[C[) 0[ R[ CHANG[
,, -i Bctl & KIRCH FILTERBAU GMBH Z21434

~~ 11.02.94 SIEWEIWllllSSE, ~~17~ kI~EIH,tJOORF
+ +
w"'
O'I O'I
CX> CX>
I\) I\)
oO
~~
CX> CX>
C1> C1>
O'I O'I
00
w"'
~o
INSTRUCTION MANUAL 171 (172)
29 PRESSURE VESSELS
To ensure faultless operation, check regularly the operation of the

pressure relief valve and any other safety devices visually. If a safety
device is found damaged it must be replaced. The internal and external
condition of the vessel is inspected.
NOTE: The manufacturer of the vessel shall be contacted if it is

established that the vessel has been deformed, damaged,
corroded, or if its surface coating is torn. Repair measures
must be agreed with the manufacturer of the pressure
equipment.
NOTE: The decisions of the local pressure equipment authorities in

the target country apply for any possible repair and
modification work.
1. To avoid damaging the pressure vessel, do not exceed the maximum

allowed operating pressure which is shown on the vessel's
nameplate. Use the relief valve.
2. Do not exceed the maximum allowed operating temperature which is

shown on the pressure vessel's nameplate. As the temperature rises,
the pressure rises too. Use the relief valve.
3. Do not touch the surface of the vessel when its internal temperature
exceeds 60 °C. The vessel surface is burning hot. Be careful with the
hot contents.
A commissioning inspection, i.e. the first periodic service, is performed

for pressure vessels which are to be registered. The first periodic
inspection is performed by the notified body and the owner or the holder
is obliged to apply to the notified body for the performance of the
inspection.
AURAMARINE LTD P.O.BOX849 Tel+ 358 204 86 5030

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
30 HOW TO ORDER SPARE PARTS
Identification of needed part
When ordering spare parts, please mention the following:
1 Serial number of the unit

(welded on the bottom beam of the unit frame)
1234
2 Part number from the part list

PART NO
El7011
El7033
El7070
3 Serial number of the part to be replaced

(mentioned in the rating plate of the part)
Ordering address:
Auramarine Ltd., After Sales Dept., P.O. Box 849, FIN-20101 TURKU
Fax +358 204 86 5031
Tel +358 204 86 5030
In case of guarantee part(s), please return the damaged part(s) to the

above mentioned address.

FIN-20101 TURKU Fax+ 358 204 86 5031
--------- --··--·-·-·- .. ~----·---·-------------

7
~!~. l~n
Bulletin No. CUBS-D
Drawing No. LP0584
U
Released 5/06
Fax +1 (717) 764-0839

www.redlion.net
MODEL CUBS - MINIATURE ELECTRONIC 8-DIGIT DUAL

COUNTER AND RATE INDICATOR
• LCD, REFLECTIVE OR GREEN/RED LED BACKLIGHTING
• 0.46" (11.7 mm) HIGH DIGITS
• OPTIONAL RELAY OUTPUT MODULE
• OPTIONAL SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS MODULE (RS232 or RS485)
• COUNT SPEEDS UP TO 20 KHz
• OPERATES FROM 9 TO 28 voe POWER SOURCE
• PROGRAMMABLE SCALING FOR COUNT AND RATE
(( • Bl-DIRECTIONAL COUNTING, UP/DOWN CONTROL
c@us.~~~!!~. &1EB
•
•
QUADRATURE SENSING (UP TO 4 TIMES RESOLUTION)
DISPLAY COLOR CHANGE CAPABILITY AT PRESET OUTPUT
• NEMA 4X/IP65 SEALED FRONT BEZEL
GENERALDESC~PTION COUNTER
The CUB5 provides the user the ultimate in flexibility, from its complete user The CUBS receives incoming pulses and multiplies them by the Count Scale
programming to the optional relay output capability. The meter can be Factor to obtain the desired reading for the count display. Input A accepts the
programmed as a single or dual counter with rate indication capability. The signal for the count and Input B is used for quadrature, dual counter, anti-
display ''an be toggled either manually or automatically between the coincidence c.ounting, or up/down control counting.
selected displays. RATE
The CUB5 display has 0.46" (11.7 mm) high digits. The LCD is available in The rate indicator utilizes the signal at Input A to calculate the rate value
two versions, reflective (CUBSROOO) and backlight (CUB5BOOO). The using a time interval method (I/tau). The unit counts on the negative edge of the
backlight version is user selectable for green or red backlighting with variable input pulses. After the programmed minimum update time elapses and the next
display intensity. negative edge occurs, the unit calculates the input rate based on the number of
The counter is programmable for one of eight different count modes, edges that occurred during the elapsed time. The input rate is then multiplied by
including bi-directional and quadrature. When programmed as a dual counter, the rate scaling value to calculate the rate display.
each counter has a separate scale factor and decimal points. In the counter/rate At slower rates, averaging can be accomplished by programming the rate
indicator mode, each have their own scaling and decimal point read-outs in minimum update time for the desired response. Extensive scaling capabilities
different engineering units. allow practically any desired reading at very slow count rates.
The meter has two separate inputs which provide different functions
depending on which operating mode is selected. Input A accepts the signal for
the Count and/or Rate displays, while Input B accepts the signal for the Count SAFETY SUMMARY
display or direction control. In the anti-coincidence mode, both inputs are All safety related regulations, local codes and instructions that appear in this
monitored simultaneously so that no counts are lost. The resulting display can literature or on equipment must be observed to ensure personal safety and to
be chosen as the sum or difference of the two inputs. The Rate Indicator has prevent damage to either the instrument or equipment connected to it. lf
programmable low (minimum) and high (maximum) update times to provide equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection
optimal display response at any input frequency. There is a programmable user provided by the equipment may be impaired.
input that can be programmed to perfom1 a variety of functions. Do not use this meter to directly command motors, valves, or other actuators
The capability of the CUBS can be easily expanded with the addition of an not equipped with safoguards. To do so can be potentially harmful to persons or
option module. Setpoint capability is field installable with the addition of the equipment in the event of a fault to the meter.
CUBSRL YO, relay output module. Serial communications capability for RS232
or RS485 is added with a serial option module.
The CUB5 can be powered from an optional Red Lion Micro-Line/Sensor
Power Supply (MLPS I 000), which attaches directly to the back of a CUBS. The
CAUTION: Risk of Danger. CAUTION: Risk of electric shock.
MLPS I is powered from 85 to 250 VAC and provides up to 400 mA to drive the Read complete instructions prior to
unit and sensors. installationand operation of the unit.
DIMENSIONS In inches (mm) Note: Recommended minimum clearance (behind the panel) for mounting clip installation is 2.15" (54.6) H x 3.00" (76.2) W.
_[.13 (3.3)
.. ~n
l9Blli5~RI '·~'"·''
~
~ ,,,,,,,,
t 1.30 :'.::866
(33:'.:8>
I, CE> '·" Cm>~ " CM) __j !-- '" 3-1

(43.4)
!ORDERING INFORMATION
TYPE MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Auramarine part no:
CUB5R Dual Counter & Rate Indicator with Reflective Display CUB5ROOO AF00855
CUBS
CUB5B Dual Counter & Rate Indicator with Backlight Display CUB5BOOO AF00600
CUB5RLY Single Relay Option Card CUB5RLYO
Optional Plug-in Cards RS485 Serial Communications Card CUB5COM1
CUB5COM
RS232 Serial Communications Card CUB5COM2
MLPS1 Micro-Line Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC MLPS1000 AF00665
CBLPRO Programming Cable RS232 (RJ11-DB9) CBLPROGO
Accessories
CBPRO Programming Cable RS232 (RJ11-DB9) CBPR0007
SFCRD Crimson 2 PC Configuration Software for Windows 98, ME, 2000, XP • SFCRD200
•crimson 2 software is available for download from http://www.redlion.neV
!GENERAL METER SPECIFICATIONS

I. DISPLAY: 8 digit LCD 0.46" (11.7 mm) high digits 10. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:
CUBSROOO: Reflective LCD with full viewing angle Operating Temperature Range for ClJBSROOO: -35 to 75°C
CUBSBOOO: Selectable transmissive red or green backlight LED with Operating Temperature Range for CllBSBOOO depends on display color
viewing angle optimized. Display color change capability at preset when and intensity level as per below:
using a relay module. INTENSITY LEVEL TEMPERATURE
2. POWER: Input voltage range is +9 to +28 VDC with shmt circuit and input Red Display 1&2 -35 to 75'C
polarity protection. Must use an RLC model MLPSl or a Class 2 or SEL V 3 -35 to 70'C
rated power supply. 4 -35 to 60'C
INPUT CURRENT INPUT CURRENT 5 -35 to 50'C
MODEL DISPLAY COLOR WITHOUT WITH Green Display 1&2 -35 to 75'C
NO.
CUBSRLYO CUBSRLYO 3 -35 to 65'C
CUB5ROOO --- 10mA 30 mA 4 -35 to 50'C
CUB5BOOO Red (max intensity) 85 mA 115 mA 5 -35 to 35'C
CUB5BOOO Green (max intensity) 95 mA 125 mA Storage Temperature: -35 to 85°C
Operating and Storage Humidity: 0 to 85%, max. relalive humidity (non-
3. COUNTER DISPLAYS: condensing)
Counter A: 8-digits, enabled in all count modes
Altitude: Up to 2000 meters
Display Range: -9999999 to 99999999 11. CERTIFICATIONS AND COMPLIANO:S:
Overflow Indication: Display flashes "[nl OUEr" SAFETY
Counter B: 7-digits, enabled in Dual Counter mode only UL Recognized Component, File #E 179259, UL6101 OA-1, CSA 22.2 No. 61010-1
Display Designator: "b" to the left side of the display Recognized to U.S. and Canadian requirements under the Component
Display Range: 0 to 9999999 (positive count only) Recognition Program of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Overflow Indication: Display flashes "b[nlOUEr" UL Listed, File II E137808, UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M95
Maximum Count Rates: 50% duty cycle LISTED by Und. Lab. Inc. to U.S. and Canadian safety standards
Without setpoint option card: 20 KHz (all count modes) Type 4X Indoor Enclosure rating (Face only), ULSO
With setpoint option card: 20 KHz for any count mode except Quadrature lECEE CB Scheme Test Certificate #US/9257/UL
x4 ( 18 KHz) and Dual Counter ( 17 KHz) CB Scheme Test Report llE179259-VOl-S02
4. RATE DISPLAY: 6-digits, may be enabled or disabled in any mode Issued by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Display Designator: "~" to the left side or the display !EC 61010-1, EN 61010-1: Safety requirements for electrical equipment
Display Range: 0 to 999999 for measurement, control, and laboratory use, Part I.
Over Range Display: ··~ OlOLOl" IP65 Enclosure rating (Face only), IEC 529
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
Maximum Frequency: 20 KHz
Emissions and lmmunily to EN 61326: Electrical Equipment for
Minimum Frequency: 0.01 Hz
Measurement, Control and Laboratory use.
Accuracy: ±0.01%
5. COUNT/RATE SIGNAL INPUTS (INP A and INP B): Immunity to Industrial Locations:
Input A: DIP switch selectable to accept pulses from a variety of sources. Electrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 Criterion A
See Section 2.0 Setting the DIP Switches for Input A specifications. 4 kV contact discharge
Input B: Logic signals only 8 kV air discharge
Trigger levels: V 1L = 1.0 V max: V1H = 2.4 V min; V MAX= 28 VDC Electromagnetic RF fields EN 61000-4-3 Criterion A
Current sinking: Internal JOKQ pull-up resistor to +9 to 28 VDC JOV/m
Filter (LO Freq.): Damping capacitor provided for switch contact bounce. Fast transients (burst) EN 61000-4-4 Criterion A
Limits input frequency to 50 Hz and input pulse widths to I 0 msec min. 2 kV power
1 kV signal
6. lJSER INPUT (lJSR): Programmable input. Connect te1minal to common to
Surge EN 61000-4-5 Criterion A
ac1ivate function. Internal JOKQ pull-up resistor to +9 to 28 VDC.
I kV L-L,
Threshold Levels: V 11. = 1.0 V max; VJH = 2.4 V min; VMAX = 28 VDC
2 kV L&N-E power
Response Time: 5 msec typ.; 50 msec dcbounce (activation and release)
RF conducted interference EN 61000-4-6 Criterion A
7. MEMORY: Nonvolatile E2 PROM memory retains all programming
3 V/rms
parameters and count values when power is removed.
Power frequency magnetic fields EN 61000-4-8 Criterion A
8. CONNECTIONS: Wire clamping screw terminals
30Nm
Wire Strip Length: 0.3" (7.5 mm)
Emissions:
Wire Gage: 30-14 A WG copper wire
Emissions EN 55011 Class A
Torque: 5 inch-lbs (0.565 N-m) max.
9. CONSTRUCTION: This unit is rated for NEMA 4X/IP65 requirements for Notes:
indoor use. Installation Category I, Pollution Degree 2. High impact plastic I. Criterion A: Normal opera/ion within specified limits.
case with clear viewing window. Panel gasket and mounting clip included. Refer to EMC Installation Guidelines jar additional i11formatio11.
12. WEIGHT: 3.2 oz (JOO g)
2
!OPTIONAL PLUG-IN CARDS
ADDING OPTION CARDS /;\ WARNING: Disconnect all power to the unit before
The CUBS meters can be fitted with optional relay card and/or serial ~ installing Plug-in card.
communications cards. The details for the plug-in cards can be reviewed in the
specification section below. The plug-in cards, that are sold separately, can be
installed initially or at a later date. RS485 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS CARD
Type: RS485 multi-point balanced interface (non-isolated)
RELAY CARD Baud Rate: 300 to 19.2k
Type: Single FORM-C relay Data Format: 7/8 bits; odd, even, or no parity
Isolation To Sensor & User Input Commons: 1400 Vrms for 1 min. Bus Address: 0 to 99; max 32 meters per line
Working Voltage: 150 Vrms Transmit Delay: Selectable (refer to CUB5COM bulletin)
Contact Rating: 1 amp @ 30 VDC resistive; 0.3 amp @ 125 V AC resistive
Life Expectancy: I 00,000 minimum operations RS232 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS CARD
Response Time: Type: RS232 half duplex (non-isolated)
Tum On Time: 4 msec max. Baud Rate: 300 to 19 .2k
Tum Off Time: 4 msec max. Data Format: 7 /8 bits; odd, even, or no parity
Time Accuracy:± 0.01 %
jl.0 INSTALLING THE METER

INSTALLATION
The meter meets NEMA 4X/IP65 requirements when properly installed. The While holding the unit in place, push the panel latch over the rear of the unit
unit is intended to be mounted into an enclosed panel. Prepare the panel cutout so that the tabs of the panel latch engage in the slots on the case. The panel latch
to the dimensions shown. Remove the panel latch from the unit. Slide the panel should be engaged in the farthest forward slot possible. To achieve a proper seal,
gasket over the rear of the unit to the back of the bezel. The unit should be tighten the latch screws evenly until the unit is snug in the panel (Torque to
installed fully assembled. Insert the unit into the panel cutout. approx. 28 to 36 in-oz [0.202 to 0.26 N-m]). Do not over-tighten the screws.
INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT
The unit should be installed in a location that does not exceed the operating
temperature and provides good air circulation. Placing the unit near devices that
generate excessive heat should be avoided.
The bezel should only be cleaned with a soft cloth and neutral soap product.
Do NOT use solvents. Continuous exposure to direct sunlight may accelerate the
aging process of the bezel.
Do not use tools of any kind (screwdrivers, pens, pencils, etc.) to operate the
MOUNTING SCREW keypad of the unit.
PANEL CUT-OUT
2 68 +.025 - - - - + - - - +
. -.000
+.024
(68 ~:~) 1. 30 -.000
(33 +.6 )
-.0
12.0 SETTING THE DIP SWITCHES

To access the switches, remove the rear cover of the meter. A bank of 4 SETIING THE INPUT DIP SWITCHES
switches is located in the upper right hand comer. The meter has four DIP switches for Input A and
Input B that must be set before applying power.
Warning: Exposed line voltage exists on the circuit boards. 5'
Remove all power to the meter and load circuits before accessing SWITCH 1 i,. !,. i,. s CJ
inside of the meter. LOGIC: Input A trigger levels V 1L = I .25 V max.; ,.;;: CJ>
;o 0
r r
.,, 0.,,
VIH = 2.75 v min.; vMAX= 28 VAC Gl (")
ii
REMOVING THE REAR COVER MAG: 200 mV peak input sensitivity; JOO mV fi .a
To remove the rear cover, locate the cover Jocking tab below the 2nd and 3rd hysteresis; maximum voltage: ±40 V peak
input terminals. To release the tab, insert a small, flat blade screwdriver between (28 Vrms); Must also have SRC switch ON.
the tab and the plastic wall below the terminals. Inserting the screwdriver will (Not recommended with counting applications.)
provide enough pressure to release the tab locks. To replace the cover, align the
cover with the input terminals and press down until the cover snaps into place. SWITCH 2
z :; :;
CJ>
SNK.: Adds internal 7.8 K 2ii :< .,,
~
28 VDC, JM = . mA.
ro
.0 $
SRC.: mternal 3.9 Kn resistor, II Factory Setting
Switch 1 off
Switch 2 on
Switch 3 NA HI Frequency: Removes damping capacitor and allows max. frequency.
Switch 4 NA LO Frequency: Adds a damping capacitor for switch contact bounce. Limits
input frequency to 50 Hz and input pulse widths to I 0 msec.
3
The Plug-in cards are separately purchased option cards that perform specific CAUTION: The Plug-in cards and main circuit board contain static
functions. The cards plug into the main circuit board of the meter sensitive components. Before handling the cards, discharge
static charges from your body by touching a grounded bare
metal object. Ideally, handle the cards at a stalk cuntrolled
clean workstation. Also, only handle the cards by the edges.
Dirt, oil or other contaminants !hat may contact 1he cards can
adversely affect circuit operation.
14.0 WIRING THE METER

WIRING OVERVIEW the noise source frequency is above I MHz.
Electrical connections are made via screw-clamp terminals located on the c. Connect the shield to common of the meter and leave the other end of the
back of the meter. All conductors should conform to the meter's voltage and shield unconnected and insulated from earth ground.
current ratings. All cabling should conform to appropriate standards of good 3. Never run Signal or Control cables in the same conduit or raceway with AC
installation, local codes and regulations. It is recommended that the power power lines, conductors feeding motors, solenoids, SCR controls, and
supplied to the meter (DC or AC) be protected by a fuse or circuit breaker. heaters, etc. The cables should be ran in metal conduit that is properly
Strip the wire, leaving approximately 0.3" (7.5 mm) bare lead exposed grounded. This is especially useful in applications where cable runs are long
(stranded wires should be tinned with solder.) Insert the lead under the correct and portable two-way radios are used in close proximity or if the installation
screw-clamp terminal and tighten until the wire is secure. (Pull wire to verify is near a commercial radio transmitter.
tightness.) Each terminal can accept up to one #14 AWG (2.55 mm) wire, two 4. Signal or Control cables within an enclosure should be routed as far as possible
# 18 A WG (1.02 mm), or four #20 A WG (0.61 mm). from contactors, control relays, transformers, and other noisy components.
5. In extremely high EM! environments, the use of external EMI suppression
devices, such as ferrite suppression cores, is effective. Install them on Signal
EMC INSTALLATION GUIDELINES and Control cables as close to the unit as possible. Loop the cable through the
Although this meter is designed with a high degree of immunity to Electro- core several times or use multiple cores on each cable for additional protection.
Magnetic Interference (EMI), proper installation and wiring methods must be Install line filters on the power input cable to the unit to suppress power line
followed to ensure compatibility in each application. The type of the electrical interference. Install them near the power entry point of the enclosure. The
noise, source or coupling method into the meter may be different for various following EMI suppression devices (or equivalent) are recommended:
installations. The meter becomes more immune to EMI with fewer 110 Ferrite Suppression Cores for signal and control cables:
connections. Cable length, routing, and shield termination are very important Fair-Rite# 0443167251 (RLC# FCOROOOO)
and can mean the difference between a successful or troublesome installation. TDK# ZCAT3035-1330A
Listed below are some EMC guidelines for successful installation in an Steward # 2882029-0AO
industrial environment. Line Filters for input power cables:
I. The meter should be mounted in a metal enclosure, which is properly Schaffner# FN610-1/07 (RLC# LFILOOOO)
connected to protective earth. Schaffner# FN670-I .8/07
2. Use shielded (screened) cables for all Signal and Control inputs. The shield Corcom # I VR3
(screen) pigtail connection should be made as short as possible. The Note: Reference manufacturers instructions when installing a line jilter
connection point for the shield depends somewhat upon the application. 6. Long cable runs are more susceptible to EM! pickup than short cable runs.
Listed below are the recommended methods of connecting the shield, in order Therefore, keep cable runs as short as possible.
of their effectiveness. 7. Switching of inductive loads produces high EM!. Use of snubbers across
a. Connect the shield only at the panel where the unit is mounted to earth inductive loads suppresses EM!.
ground (protective earth). Snubber: RLC# SNUBOOOO.
b. Connect the shield to earth ground at both ends of the cable, usually when
4.1 POWER WIRING 4.2 USER INPUT WIRING

DC Power Sinking Logic
+9 to +28 VDC: +VDC !NP COMM Connccl external switching device belwccn the
ro <(
} User Input terminal and Input Common.
Power Common: -VDC (}:'. USR
(/)
~
::> The user input of the meter is
DODD internally pulled up lo +9 lo +28 V 8 CD <(
with I 0 K resistance. The input is

active when it is pulled low (<O .7 V).
DD
PWR COMMON +9-28 VDC ::--::::
D D
PWR COMMON +9-28 VDC ::--::::
4
4.3 INPUT WIRING
CAUTION: Power input common is NOT isolated from user input common. In order to preserve the safety of the meter application, the power input
& common must be suitably isolated from hazardous live earth referenced voltage; or input common must be at protective earth ground potential. If not,
hazardous voltage may be present at the User Inputs and User Input Common terminals. Appropriate considerations must then be given to the potential
of the user input common with respect to earth ground; and the common of the plug-in cards with respect to input common.
D
+9-2a voe ::::
Current Sinking Output Current Sourcing Output

Input A Input A
+--D!-----:=t:--+ +6 v
D we=:
PWR COMMON +9-28 voe == +9-28
Switch or Isolated Transistor; Current Sink Current Sink Ou put; Quad/Direction

Input A
D D
P\\R co~~ON +9-2e voe :-:: +9-2a voe :=:
* Switch position is application dependent. . .I

Shaded areas not re· 'mmendecl for counting applications..
With Hengstler
pulse scaler With Namur sensor
without pulse scaler
4.4 SETPOINT (OUTPUT) WIRING

SETPOINT RELAY PLUG-IN CARD ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
COM
COM
0
4.5 SERIAL COMMUNICATION WIRING
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS PLUG-IN CARD RJ11 CONNECTOR PIN OUTS
••
•• ••
RS485 RS232
5
1s.o REVIEWING THE FRoNT BurroNs ANo DisPLAv I
red'n
II 9Bl6SY3.cl
KEY DISPLAY MODE OPERATION ENTERING PROGRAM MODE PROGRAMMING MODE OPERATION
SEL Index display through selected displays Press and hold for 2 seconds to activate Store selected parameter and index to next parameter
Advances through the program menu/Increments
RST Resets count display Press SEL to enter programming mode
selected parameter value or selection
OPERATING MODE DISPLAY DESIGNATORS

"ff" - To the left of the display is the rate value. "b" - To the left of the display is the Counter B value.
- Counter A has no designator. "1" - To the left of the display indicates the setpoint status.
Pressing the SEL button toggles the meter through the selected displays. If display scroll is enabled, the display will toggle automatically approximately every four
seconds between the rate and count values.
16.0 PROGRAMMING THE ·.METER

OVERVIEW
SEL
PROGRAMMING MENU
Display and Front Setpoint Serial

Input Setup Rote Setup Panel Key Output Setup
Parameters Parameters Pororneters Parameters Parameters
Pro
PROGRAMMING MODE ENTRY (SEL KEY) PROGRAMMING MODE EXIT (SEL KEY)
ll is recommended all programming changes be made off line, or before The Programming Mode is exited by pn::ssing the SEL key with Pr a na
installation. The meter normally operates in the Display Mode. No parameters displayed. This will commit any stored parameter changes to memory and
can be programmed in this mode. The Programming Mode is entered by return the meter lo the Display Mode. (If power loss occurs before returning to
pressing and holding the SEL key. If it is not accessible then it is locked by the Display Mode, verify recent parameter changes.)
either a security code, or a hardware lock.
PROGRAMMING TIPS
MODULE ENTRY (SEL & RST KEYS) It is recommended to stare witi1 Module l for counting or Module 2 for rate.
The Programming Menu is organized into four modules. These modules group When programming is complete, it is recommended to record the parameter
together parameters that are related in function. The display will alternate between programming and lock out parameter programming with the user input or
Pro and the present module. The RST key is used to select the desired module. programming security code.
The displayed module is entered by pressing the SEL key.
FACTORY SETTINGS
MODULE MENU (SELKEY) Factory Sellings may be completely restored in Module 3. This is useful
Each module has a separate module menu (which is shown at the start of each when encountering programming problems.
module discussion). The SEL key is pressed to advance to a particular parameter Pressing the RST key on power-up will load the factory settings and display
lo be changed, without changing the programming of preceding parameters. rf5El. This allows operation in the event of a memory failure or corrupted data.
After completing a module, the display will return to Pro na. Programming
may continue by accessing additional modules. ALTERNATING SELECTION DISPLAY
In the explanation of the modules, the following dual display with arrows will
SELECTION I VALUE ENTRY appear. This is used to illustrate the display alternating between the parameter
For each parameter, the display alternates between the present parameter and on top and the parameter's Factory Setting on the bottom. Jn most cases,
the selections/value for that parameter. The RST key is used co move through the selections and values for the parameter will be listed on the right.
selections/values for that parameter. Pressing the SEL key, stores and activates the
Indicates Program Mode Alternating Display
displayed selection/value. This also advances the meter to the next parameter.
For numeric values, press the RST key to access the value. The right hand
most digit will begin to flash. Pressing the RST key again increments the digit
Parameter I lnP A· b I~
by one or the user can hold the RST key and the digit will automatically scroll. ":-~:--"'I=""[=n=~==-u-d~I SelectionNalue
The SEL key will advance to the next digit. Pressing and holding the SEL key
Factory Settings are shown.
will enter the value and move lo the next parameter.
6
6.1 MODULE 1 INPUT SETUP PARAMETERS (1· lnPU~)
I· mPUl PARAMETER MENU Pro
!Dual Countl
SEL Mode Only
mP R·b [nlR dP [nlR ScF li'Sl P·UP U5Er mP USEr RSR
Count Counter A Counter A Counter B Counter B Counter Reset User Input User Input
Mode Decimal Point Scale Factor Decimal Point Scale Factor at Power-up Function Assignment
Shaded area selections only apply when programmed for dual count mode.
COUNT MODE COUNTER B SCALE FACTOR
R·b I~
I [nt ud I quRd Rdd Rdd l[ntb ScF I~ aa.aaa 1to 99.9999
mE [nt Rdd Sub
~ 1~a_m_aa~a1
~I [nt udl dURL [nt
The number of input counts is multiplied by the scale factor to obtain the
Select the count mode that corresponds with your application. The input desired process value. A scale factor of 1.0000 will result in the display of the
actions are shown in the boxes below. For simple counting applications, it is actual number of input counts. (Details on scaling calculations arc explained at
recommended to use Count with Direction for the count mode. Simply leave the the end of this section.)*
1
direction input unconnected.
DISPLAY MODE INPUT A ACTION INPUT B ACTION COUNTER RESET AT POWER-UP

[nt ud Count with Direction Counter A Counter A Direction
fi'RtE [nt Rate/Counter Rate only Counter AAdd
IR5t P·UP I~ na Count b
dURL [nt Dual Counter Counter A Add Counter B Add ~I na1 [aunt R both R·b
quRd I Quadrature x1 Count A Quad A
quRd
' Quadrature x2 Count A Quad A
quRd y Quadrature x4 Count A Quad A
Rdd Rdd 2 Input Add/Add Counter A Add Counter AAdd SCALING FOR COUNT INDICATION
Rdd Sub 2 Input Add/Subtract Counter A Add Counter A Subtract The CUBS's scale factor is factory set to 1, to provide one count on the
display for each pulse that is input to the unit. In many applications, there will
Note: The Rate indicator signal is derived from Input A in all count modes. not be a one-to-one correspondence between input pulses and display units.
Therefore, it is necessary for the CUBS to scale or multiply the input pulses by
COUNTER A DECIMAL POSITION a scale factor to achieve the desired display units (feet, meters, gallons, etc.)
l[ntR dP I~ w a.a
a.a a
a.a aa
a.a aaa
a.aaaaa
The Count Scale Factor Value can range from 00.0001 to 99.9999. It is
important to note that the precision of a counter application cannot be improved
by using a scale factor greater than one. To accomplish greater precision, more
pulse information must be generated per measuring unit. The following formula
This selects the decimal point position for Counter A and the setpoint value, is used to calculate the scale factor.
if assigned to Counter A. The selection will also affect Counter A scale
factor calculations. Scale Factor pesired Display Units x Decimal Point Position
1,00000 when input is 1 pulse / liter Number of Pulses
0,10000 when in ut is 10 ulses /liter WHERE:
COUNTER A SC E FACTOR Desired Display Units: Count display units acquired after pulses that occurred.
Number of Pulses: Number of pulses required to achieve the desired
l[ntR ScF I~ display units.
aa.aaa 1to 99.9999
~I amaaa1 Decimal Point Position:
0 1
The number of input counts is multiplied by the scale factor to obtain the 0.0 10
desired process value. A scale factor of 1.0000 will result in the display of the 0.00 100
actual number of input counts. (Details on scaling calculations are explained at 0.000 1000
the end of this section.)* 0.0000 10000
0.00000 100000
EXAMPLE: The counter display is used to indicate the total number of feet
COUNTER B DECIMAL POSITION used in a process. It is necessary to know the number of pulses for the desired
l[ntb dP I~ a a.a a a.aaaa

units to be displayed. The decimal point is selected to show the resolution in
hundredths.
a.a a.a aa a.aaaaa Scale Factor = Pesjred Display Units
Number of Pulses
x Decimal Point Position
This selects the decimal point position for Counter B. The selection will also Given that 128 pulses are equal to I foot, display total feet with a one-
affect Counter B scale factor calculations. hundredth resolution.
Scale Factor = +fl? x 100
Scale Factor 0.007812 x 100
*For value entry instructions, refer to selection/value entry in the Programming Scale Factor 0.7812
The Meter section.
7
USER INPUT FUNCTION DISPLAY MODE DESCRIPTION
Serial transmit of the active parameters
IUSfr lnP I~ Pr int Print Request selected in the Print Options menu
(Module 5).
Same as Print Request followed by a
Pr nt · rSt Print and Reset
momentary reset of the selected counter(s).
DISPLAY MODE DESCRIPTION
Ina No Function User Input disabled.
See Programming Mode Access chart. USER INPUT ASSIGNMENT
Pro Loe Program Mode Lock-out
(Module 3)
(ounc R
d·SHm Display Select
(Edge triggered)
Advance once for each activation. IUSfr RSn I~ (ounc b
rESH Maintained Reset Level active reset of the selected counters.
~I [ounl: RI boch R·b
Freeze display of selected counter(s) while
StorE Store
allowing counts to accumulate internally.
The User Input Assignment is only active if the meter is programmed in the
Edge triggered reset of the selected
St or ·rSt Store and Reset
counter(s) after storing the count. Dual Count Mode and a selection of reset, store, store and reset, or inhibit is
selected in the User Input Function menu.
lnh 1b it Inhibit Inhibit counting for the selected counter(s).
Display Intensity Level Increase intensity one level for each
d-LfUEl (Edge Triggered) activation. (backlight version only) Shaded area setectiOns only apply when programmed for dual count mode.
6.2 MODULE 2 - RATE SETUP PARAMETERS (2·rRH)

Z·rRlE PARAMETER MENU Pro
SEL
5'RlE Enb 5'RlE dP 5'RlE d5P 5'RlE lnP Hl·Udl

Rate Rate Decimal Rate Scaling Rate Scaling Rate Low Rate High
Enable Point Display Value Input Value Update Time Update Time
Module 2 is the programming for the Rate parameters. For maximum input
frequency, Rate Enable should be set to no when not in use. When set to no, the SCALING FOR RATE INDICATION
remaining rate parameters are not accessible. The Rate value is shown with an To scale the Rate, enter a Scaling Display value with a corresponding Scaling
annunciator of "ff" in the Display Mode. Input value. These values are internally plotted to a Display value ofO and Input
value of 0 Hz. A linear relationship is formed between these points to yield a
RATE ENABLE rate display value that corresponds to the incoming input signal rate. The meter
IRRl:f fnb I~ is capable of showing a rate display value for any linear process.
~ . _ _ _ _ I_ _ ~E__,sl
na
~ SCALING CALCULATION
If a display value versus input signal (in pulses per second) is known, then
those values can be entered into Scaling Display (~Alf dSP) and Scaling Input
RATE DECIMAL POINT (ffRlf 1nP). No further calculations are needed.
IRRl:f dP I~ w aa
aaa
aaaa
a.a aaa
aaaaaa
If only the number of pulses per 'single' unit (i.e. # of pulses per foot) is
known, then it can be entered as the Scaling Input value and the Scaling Display
value will be entered as the following:
RATE PER DISPLAY (ffRlf dSP) INPUT WRlf lnP)
This selects the decimal point position for rate displays and any setpoint Second # of pulses per unit
value assigned to these displays. This parameter does not affect rate scaling Minute 60 # of pulses per unit
calculations.
Hour 3600 # of pulses per unit
NOTES:
RATE SCALING DISPLAY VALUE
IRRl:f dSP I~ Ia to 999999 I r-3-60-0-(d-is-pl-ay_w_h-en-i-np-ut...,
l. If# of pulse per unit is less than 10, then multiply both Input and Display
values by l 0.
~._I __QQ_IQ_Q~QI . . frequency is 1 Hz)

2. If# of pulse per unit is less than l, then multiply both Input and Display
values by l 00.
3. If the Display value is raised or lowered, then Input value must be raised
Enler the desired Rate Display Value for the Scaling Point.•
or lowered by the same proportion (i.e. Display value for per hour is
entered by a third less (1200) then Input value is a third less of# of pulses
per unit). The same is true if the Input value is raised or lowered, then
RATE SCALING INPUT VALUE Display value must be raised or lowered by the same proportion.
IRRl:f lnP I~ Ia I to 99999.9 11 (input frequency)

4. Both values must be greater than 0.0.
EXAMPLE:
~.____I_a_m_aa__,.al (liter I h •pulses)/ 3600
l. With 15. l pulses per foot, show feet per minute in tenths. Scaling Display
= 60.0 Scaling Input= 15. l.
Enter the corresponding Rate Input Value for the Scaling Point.•
2. With 0.25 pulses per gallon, show whole gallons per hour. (To have greater
accuracy, multiply both Input and Display values by l 0.) Scaling Display
= 36000 Scaling Input= 2.5.
*For value entry instruclions, refer to selection/value entry in the Programming
The Meter section.
8
RATE LOW UPDATE TIME period will end but the Rate display will be forced to zero. The High Update
Time value must be greater than the Low Update Time value. Both values must
I LD-U& I~ D. I to 99.9 seconds
be greater than 0.0. The input frequency calculated during the sample period, is
then shown as a Rate value determined by the scaling calculation.
~.__I__ a __,WI
RA TE VALUE CALCULATED
The Low Update Time is the minimum amount of time between display
updates for the Rate display. Values of 0.1 and 0.2 seconds will update the
display correctly but may cause the display to appear unsteady.
_j. Sample Period
•'
~ End & Start
RATE HIGH UPDATE TIME 20,0 (flow< 180 l/h)

Start of
Sample
Period
l nn n I I
LJ lJ LJ LJ L
1 of New
Sample Pedod
I H1-U& I~ Uc to 99.9 seconds

10,0 (flow< 360 l/h)
5,0 (flow< 720 l/h) Prior Display
~.__I__
New Display
a2__,.a!
The High Update Time is the maximum amount of time before the Rate Low High
display is forced to zero. (For more explanation, refer to Rate Value Update Update
Calculation.) The High Update Time must be higher than the Low Update Time Time Time
and higher than the desired slowest readable speed (one divided by pulses per
second). The factory setting of 2.0, will force the display to zero for speeds
ZERO RATE CALCULATED
below 0.5 Hz or a pulse every 2 seconds.
1 End of
INPUT FREQUENCY CALCULATION

The meter determines the input frequency by summing the number of falling
edges received during a sample period of time. The sample period begins on the
Start of
Sample
_jl !-'"'•-----------"'-:~Sample
Sample Period ~
:
1
~ew
Period
Start of
Period 1 Sample
first falling edge. At this falling edge, the meter starts accumulating time : Period
towards Low Update and High Update values. Also, the meter starts I
accumulating the number of falling edges. When the time reaches the Low
Update Time value, the meter looks for one more falling edge to end the sample
Prior Display
.. , . Display of
period. If a falling edge occurs (before the High Update Time value is reached), / Zero
the Rate display will update to the new value and the next sample period will Low_/ High_/
start on the same edge. If the High Update Time value is reached (without Update Update
Time Time
receiving a falling edge after reaching Low Update Time), then the sample
6.3 MODULE l - DISPLAY AND FRONT PANEL KEY

PARAMETERS (3-dSPLR~)
l·dSPlR~ PARAMETER MENU Pra
SEL
r-- Bocklight Unit Only ---i
SH Enb rm Enb d·Scrall HDlDr d-lEUEl Pra Cad£ FRCl SEl
Front Panel Front Panel Display Scroll Display Display Programming Load Factory
Display Counter Enable Color Intensity Security Default
Select Reset Enable Level Code Settings
FRONT PANEL DISPLAY SELECT ENABLE (SEL) DISPLAY COLOR (BACKLIGHT UNIT ONLY)
j5fl Enb j~ jd-rnLDr I~
~ES no
~\.___ _~E__,51 ~~j_r_Edj
rEd 6rn
The ~f5 selection allows the SEL button to toggle through the enabled Enter the desired display color, red or green. This parameter is active for
displays. backlight units only.
FRONT PANEL COUNTER RESET ENABLE (RST)
jR5~ Enb [~ m .· no bo~h· H DISPLAY INTENSITY LEVEL (BACKLIGHT UNIT ONLY)
~\ ~E5j t~~~ ~
dSPlR~
no I d-LEUELj ~ I to S
The ~f5 selection allows the RST button to reset the selected counter(s). The
shaded selections are only active when the meter is programmed for Dual
~I 51
Enter the desired Display Intensity Level (1-5). The display will actively dim
Count Mode.
or brighten as levels are changed. This parameter is active for back light units only.
DISPLAY SCROLL ENABLE

jd-5croll I~
~ES no
The ~f5 selection allows the display to automatically scroll through the
enabled displays. The scroll rate is about every 4 seconds.
9
PROGRAMMING SECURITY CODE LOAD FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS
jPro [odE I~ a to 999 IFRU SH I~ na YES

~.__I_ _,no1
The Security Code determines the programming mode and the accessibility The ~£5 selection will return the meter to the factory default settings. The
of programming parameters. This code can be used along with the Program meter will display r£5£l and then return to Pro, at which time all settings have
Mode Lock-out (Pro loc) in the User Input Function parameter (Module 1). been changed.
Two programming modes are available. Full Programming mode allows all Pressing the RST key on power-up will load the factory settings and display
parameters to be viewed and modified. Quick Programming mode permits only r£5H. This allows operation in the event of a memory failure or corrupted data.
the Setpoint value to be modified, but allows direct access to this value without
having to enter Full Programming mode.
Programming a Security Code other than 0, requires this code to be entered
at the Pro [odE prompt in order to access Full Programming mode. Depending
on the code value, Quick Programming may be accessible before the Pro Cod£
prompt appears (see chart).
USER INPUT USER INPUT SECURITY MODE WHEN "SEL" FULL PROGRAMMING
FUNCTION STATE CODE KEY IS PRESSED MODE ACCESS
0 Full Programming Immediate Access
After Quick Programming
Quick
1-99 with correct code entry
not Pro loc --- Programming at Pro [odf prompt •
With correct code entry
100-999 Pro [odf prompt at Pro [odf prompt•
Programming No Access
0
Lo.ck
Quick
Active 1-99 No Access
Programming
Pro loc
With correct code entry
100-999 Pro [odf prompt at Pro [odf prompt•
Not Active 0-999 Full Programming Immediate Access
*Entering Code 222 allows access regardless ofsecurity code.
6.4 MODULE 4 - SETPOINT OUTPUT PARAMETERS (lf-5HP~)

PARAMETER MENU
~-SHPl I Pro
N /A for Timed I Bocklight l
SEL !Output Action l Unit Only
SPl 11sn SPl Rrl SPl lDUl SPl URL SPl P·UP [nlll rSl llUlD rSl SPl rSl [h·rDLDr
Setpoint Setpoint Setpoint Setpoint Setpoint Counter A Counter A Setpoint Change Display
Assignment Output Output Value Output Reset Action Auto Reset Output Reset Color with
Action Time-out Power-up with Monual Setpoint Output
State Reset State
The Setpoint Output Parameters are only active when the optional relay
module is installed in the meter. Some parameters will not appear depending on
the Setpoint Assignment and Setpoint Output Action selected. SETPOINT OUTPUT ACTIONS
SPTACTION DESCRIPTION OUTPUT ACTIVATES OUTPUT DEACTIVATES

SETPOINT ASSIGNMENT When Count= At Manual Reset
LAt[H Latched Output Mode
Setpoint (if 5Pt r5l=~f5)
ISPt Rsn I~ Timed Output Mode When Count= After Setpoint

HUt Setpoint Output Time-Out
[aunt A rRtE
~I [ount Rj When Count~ When Count
bOUnd Boundary Made
Setpoint < Setpoint
Select the display the Setpoint is to be assigned.
SETPOINT OUTPUT TIME-OUT

SETPOINT OUTPUT ACTION
jSPt tOUt I <ti UD I to 99.99 seconds
~.__I_D_l.D~DI
~ .__I_LR_cr__,HI This parameter is only active if the Setpoint Action is set to Lime out (l ·OUl).
Enter the value in seconds that the Setpoint will be active, once the Sctpoint
This parameter selects Lhe action of the Setpoint output. Value is reached.
10
SETPOINT VALUE COUNTER A AUTO RESET
l5PI: URL I~ Count A: -9999999 to 99999999 fRUl:O r51: I~ na

~100000 mo I Rate: Dto 999999 Dul·Slrl
Dul·fnd
Enter the desired Setpoint value. To enter a negative setpoint value,
increment digit 8 to display a"-" sign. This automatically resets the display value of Counter A each time the
Setpoint Value is reached. The automatic reset occurs at output start or end. The
Oul ·End is only active when setpoint output action is selected for l-OUl.
SETPOINT OUTPUT POWER-UP STATE
DFF SETPOINT OUTPUT RESET WITH MANUAL RESET

l5PI: P·UP I~ an
~ l.____DF__,Fj SRUE l5PI: r51: I~ na
SRUE will restore the output to the same state it was at before the meter was
powered down. On will activate the output at power up. OFF will deactivate the
Select ~£5, so the Setpoint output will deactivate (reset) when a manual reset
output at power up. This parameter is not active when the Setpoint Action is
is applied to the meter. Manual reset can occur by the RST button or the User
selected for timed output mode.
Input, if programmed for that function. When the Setpoint Assignment,
(SPl RSn) is set to Count A, this parameter only applies to Count A reset.
COUNTER A RESET ACTION

CHANGE DISPLAY COLOR w/SETPOINT OUTPUT STATE
l[nl:R r51: j ~ lo i:lfrD lo SPt l[h·[OLOr I~
~I l:o (frOj na
~~I__n~ol
When Counter A is reset, it returns to zero or the Setpoint Value. When the Reset
Action is selected for lo 5Pl (Reset to Setpoint), the output activates at zero. This parameter enables the backlight CUBS to switch the backlight color when
Boundary Mode is only active when Programmed for lo 2Er0 (Reset to Zero). the Setpoint Value is reached. A reset will revert the backlight color lo the normal
operating mode color. This parameter is only active for the backlight version.
bRUd PRr ,~~ Rddr Rbbr Prn~ DP~
• Baud Rate Data Bit Parity Bit Meter

Address
Abbreviated
Printing
Print
Options
The Serial Setup Parameters are only active when the optional RS232 or RS48S serial communications module is installed in the meter. Refer to the CUI35COM
bulletin for complete details on CUBS serial communications.
LIMITED WARRANTY
The Company warrants the products it manufactures against defects in materials and workmanship for a period limited to two years
from the date of shipment, provided the products have been stored, handled, installed, and used under proper conditions. The
Company's liability under this limited warranty shall extend only to the repair or replacement of a defective product, at The
Company's option. The Company disclaims all liability for any affirmation, promise or representation with respect to the products.
The customer agrees to hold Red Lion Controls harmless from, defend, and indemnify RLC against damages, claims, and expenses
arising out of subsequent sales ofRLC products or products containing components manufactured by RLC and based upon personal
injuries, deaths, property damage, lost profits, and other matters which Buyer, its employees, or sub-contractors arc or may be to
any extent liable, including without limitation penalties imposed by the Consumer Product Safety Act (P.L. 92-573) and liability
imposed upon any person pursuant to the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act (P.L. 93-637), as now in effect or as amended hereafter.
No warranties expressed or implied arc created with respect to The Company's products except those expressly contained herein.
The Customer acknowledges the disclaimers and limitations contained herein and relics on no other warranties or affinnations.
11
it
p
Shaded~area selections are dependenf cin parameter mode selected.

Press and hold SEL key to
enter Programming Mode.
Pro
n
SEL
c
End m
Exit
Programming
r= Dual Count Mode

Only ~
~uol Countl
Mode Only
,,::a
U1
mP R·b CnU dP (nlb dP •· (nlb Scf g51: P·UP USEr mP USEr RSfl
Count Counter A
\
Counter B Counter B Counter Reset User Input User Input
0
Mode Decimal Paint Decimal Point Scale Factor at Power-up Function Assignment Ci1
!:3:
SEL
i?·rRlE
RST
gRlE Enb
Rate
"RlE dP
Rate Decimal
"RlE dSP
Rate Scaling
"RlE mP
Rate Scaling
lD·Udl
Rate Low
ff l·Udl
Rate High
....z3:
Enable Point Display Value Input Value Update Time Update Time
Ci1
,0
SEL
r--- Backlight Unit Only ---i c....
l·dSPlR~ SEl Enb gsl Enb d·Scroll d·rDLDr d·lEUEl Pro CodE fR(l SEl n
RST Front Panel Front Panel Display Scroll Display Display Programming Load Factory ~
Display Counter Enable Color Intensity Security Default
Select Reset Enable Level Code Settings 0
<
m
I
~
N/A for Timed Backlight l
SEL Unit Only
....
!Output Action l
'f-SHPl SPl RSn SPl Rn SPl lDUl SPl URL SPl P·UP (nlff rSl RUlD rSl SPl rSl Ch·rDLDr
RST Setpoint Setpoint Setpaint Set point Setpoint Counter A Counter A Setpoint Change
m
Assignment Output Action Output
Time-out
Value Output
Power-up
Reset Action Auto Reset Output Reset
with Manual
Display Color
with Setpoint
=e
State Reset Output State
SEL
S·SEr 1Rl bRUd dRU Pffr 1l~ Rddr Rbbr Prnl DP~
RST Baud Data Bit Parity Bit Meter Abbreviated Print
Rote Address Printing Options

M-057 M-E & A-E F.O. Booster Unit

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

M-057 M-E & A-E F.O. Booster Unit

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOOSTER UNIT

Auramarine serial number 7667

Section Document id Revision

1. Data sheet DS7667

2. P&I diagram 306275C c

3. Electric drawings 40685611 I

4. Factory certificate FC7667

5. Viscosense certificate 48334-72286-1481883

6. Instruction manual IM6517C

AURAMARINE LTD P.O.BOX 849 Tel + 358 204 86 5030

2 P&I diagram, part list

3 Electric drawings, part list

Heavy Fuel Oil Feeder Booster Module

Type: Feeder Booster AMB-M 26 SS

Engine type: B&W 7S60MC-C + 3 x G/E

F.O. Supply port pump capacity 0.79 m3/h, 4 bar, 26 est

F.O. Circ. pump capacity 14.0 m 3/h, 4/10 bar, 26 est

D.O. Booster pump capacity 0.52 m 3/h, 10 bar, 10 est

Preheaters 2*100 % steam heaters of tube type,

A DAERATION LINE, DN25 A

DESIGN PRESSURE: 10 bor

¢400 (with !nsJfa:icn)

/ I COUNTER FLANGES, DIN 2633 PN16, INCLUDED

,...._, Deoerotion Vessel 100L

\ ~.'t••:,~' ~-~v• ,' ~

VOi 1.00 C025232 THREEWAY VALVE 776035L-DN50/WDBO I0120 I

Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 30.01.2006 TJu/Julin Document ID: PL306275B

Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 30.01.2006 TJu/Julin Document ID: PL3062758

Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 30.01.2006 TJu/Julin Document ID: PL306275B

Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 30.01.2006 TJu/Julin Document ID: PL306275B

SP01 AG00874 Minor kit, pump ACE038K/N3 .. T ..

Auramarine Ltd. Made/Chkd 07.08.2008 T Ju/Julin Document ID: SPARES_A

LIST OF LABELS FOR SITE CABLES:

'.S''SMARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila

AC 230V 1L -X1:1 -X1:2

4/CS M:. 2'31N 1L NJF1

938 _ 944 SUPPLY f

:.: :.: :.:

FOR SITE CABLES:

AC 440V 60Hz ..__

. . -AURA Product AMB-M ~E3CADISCAI.£

-01 ~rI -01

~-AURA ~E3CAOISC'li OBJECT

AC 230V 1L -X1 :1 -X1:2

0 ~ Q.___ _ _ F_IN~LAN:;___o_ _ __._A_P_PV_;_O~.=.;.....o..;;;-=:..::..;..1-'-'-'=-'-=c:.;.;;.=.;.;_i_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___,,.+---~-C_i_rc_u___;it'---D_i_a....,_r~a_m

G F.O. SUPPLY PORT PUMP 0007 G

~=AURA Product AMB-M ~E3CAOISCA1.E

W-MARINE MADE 19.02.2007 MKi/Kivila LngGBl?"P~1. 7667-76731SHEEl1 81~L=<: 38

AC 230V 1L -X1: 1 -X1 :2 -XO: 1L

40~- I o> /~I PUMP STARTED

H -51 V-- "j ___ l ~

<Xl ,.... -X1-

FLOW MITER -02 : _____________

M:, 2'MN 1L AOF1l -AOXO:ll

a .o " FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu/Tuominen - I Circuit Diaqram - 406856 I

.... z !.±. 11 22/03

Cl ..., l'Tl 0 () CD )>

FINLAND APPVD. 20.02.2007 RTu Tuominen - Interconnection Dia ram 406856

K-OC-172 <= POWER FOR CONTROLLERS 2

spore <= VISCOSllY 4-20mA = 0-50 cSt 2

- 110 190 270 NOTICE:

1) COLOR OF THE ENCLOSURE: MUNSELL 7.5BG7/2

lBlif [!][!]ix 1~:-

EMERGENCY '-'ACc.:::...;2:=3.::.:CN:.....:..::NL,_,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 35/F1